1 /* X Communication module for terminals which understand the X protocol.
2 Copyright (C) 1989, 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001,
3 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
5 This file is part of GNU Emacs.
7 GNU Emacs is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
8 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
9 the Free Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option)
12 GNU Emacs is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
13 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
14 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
15 GNU General Public License for more details.
17 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
18 along with GNU Emacs; see the file COPYING. If not, write to
19 the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor,
20 Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. */
22 /* New display code by Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>. */
23 /* Xt features made by Fred Pierresteguy. */
27 /* On 4.3 these lose if they come after xterm.h. */
28 /* Putting these at the beginning seems to be standard for other .c files. */
36 #include "blockinput.h"
38 /* Need syssignal.h for various externs and definitions that may be required
39 by some configurations for calls to signal later in this source file. */
40 #include "syssignal.h"
42 /* This may include sys/types.h, and that somehow loses
43 if this is not done before the other system files. */
45 #include <X11/cursorfont.h>
47 /* Load sys/types.h if not already loaded.
48 In some systems loading it twice is suicidal. */
50 #include <sys/types.h>
54 #include <sys/ioctl.h>
55 #endif /* ! defined (BSD_SYSTEM) */
60 #ifndef INCLUDED_FCNTL
67 /* Caused redefinition of DBL_DIG on Netbsd; seems not to be needed. */
68 /* #include <sys/param.h> */
74 #include "dispextern.h"
76 #include "termhooks.h"
84 #include "intervals.h"
90 #include <X11/Shell.h>
93 #ifdef HAVE_SYS_TIME_H
105 extern int xlwmenu_window_p
P_ ((Widget w
, Window window
));
106 extern void xlwmenu_redisplay
P_ ((Widget
));
109 #if defined (USE_X_TOOLKIT) || defined (USE_GTK)
111 extern void free_frame_menubar
P_ ((struct frame
*));
112 extern struct frame
*x_menubar_window_to_frame
P_ ((struct x_display_info
*,
117 #if (XtSpecificationRelease >= 5) && !defined(NO_EDITRES)
119 extern void _XEditResCheckMessages ();
120 #endif /* not NO_EDITRES */
122 /* Include toolkit specific headers for the scroll bar widget. */
124 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
125 #if defined USE_MOTIF
126 #include <Xm/Xm.h> /* for LESSTIF_VERSION */
127 #include <Xm/ScrollBar.h>
128 #else /* !USE_MOTIF i.e. use Xaw */
131 #include <X11/Xaw3d/Simple.h>
132 #include <X11/Xaw3d/Scrollbar.h>
133 #include <X11/Xaw3d/ThreeD.h>
134 #else /* !HAVE_XAW3D */
135 #include <X11/Xaw/Simple.h>
136 #include <X11/Xaw/Scrollbar.h>
137 #endif /* !HAVE_XAW3D */
139 #define XtNpickTop "pickTop"
140 #endif /* !XtNpickTop */
141 #endif /* !USE_MOTIF */
142 #endif /* USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
144 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
146 #if ! defined (USE_X_TOOLKIT) && ! defined (USE_GTK)
147 #define x_any_window_to_frame x_window_to_frame
148 #define x_top_window_to_frame x_window_to_frame
153 #ifndef XtNinitialState
154 #define XtNinitialState "initialState"
158 #define abs(x) ((x) < 0 ? -(x) : (x))
160 /* Default to using XIM if available. */
164 int use_xim
= 0; /* configure --without-xim */
169 /* Non-nil means Emacs uses toolkit scroll bars. */
171 Lisp_Object Vx_toolkit_scroll_bars
;
173 /* Non-zero means that a HELP_EVENT has been generated since Emacs
176 static int any_help_event_p
;
178 /* Last window where we saw the mouse. Used by mouse-autoselect-window. */
179 static Lisp_Object last_window
;
181 /* Non-zero means make use of UNDERLINE_POSITION font properties. */
183 int x_use_underline_position_properties
;
185 /* Non-zero means to draw the underline at the same place as the descent line. */
187 int x_underline_at_descent_line
;
189 /* This is a chain of structures for all the X displays currently in
192 struct x_display_info
*x_display_list
;
194 /* This is a list of cons cells, each of the form (NAME
195 . FONT-LIST-CACHE), one for each element of x_display_list and in
196 the same order. NAME is the name of the frame. FONT-LIST-CACHE
197 records previous values returned by x-list-fonts. */
199 Lisp_Object x_display_name_list
;
201 /* Frame being updated by update_frame. This is declared in term.c.
202 This is set by update_begin and looked at by all the XT functions.
203 It is zero while not inside an update. In that case, the XT
204 functions assume that `selected_frame' is the frame to apply to. */
206 extern struct frame
*updating_frame
;
208 /* This is a frame waiting to be auto-raised, within XTread_socket. */
210 struct frame
*pending_autoraise_frame
;
213 /* The application context for Xt use. */
214 XtAppContext Xt_app_con
;
215 static String Xt_default_resources
[] = {0};
216 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
218 /* Non-zero means user is interacting with a toolkit scroll bar. */
220 static int toolkit_scroll_bar_interaction
;
222 /* Non-zero means to not move point as a result of clicking on a
223 frame to focus it (when focus-follows-mouse is nil). */
225 int x_mouse_click_focus_ignore_position
;
227 /* Non-zero timeout value means ignore next mouse click if it arrives
228 before that timeout elapses (i.e. as part of the same sequence of
229 events resulting from clicking on a frame to select it). */
231 static unsigned long ignore_next_mouse_click_timeout
;
235 Formerly, we used PointerMotionHintMask (in standard_event_mask)
236 so that we would have to call XQueryPointer after each MotionNotify
237 event to ask for another such event. However, this made mouse tracking
238 slow, and there was a bug that made it eventually stop.
240 Simply asking for MotionNotify all the time seems to work better.
242 In order to avoid asking for motion events and then throwing most
243 of them away or busy-polling the server for mouse positions, we ask
244 the server for pointer motion hints. This means that we get only
245 one event per group of mouse movements. "Groups" are delimited by
246 other kinds of events (focus changes and button clicks, for
247 example), or by XQueryPointer calls; when one of these happens, we
248 get another MotionNotify event the next time the mouse moves. This
249 is at least as efficient as getting motion events when mouse
250 tracking is on, and I suspect only negligibly worse when tracking
253 /* Where the mouse was last time we reported a mouse event. */
255 static XRectangle last_mouse_glyph
;
256 static FRAME_PTR last_mouse_glyph_frame
;
257 static Lisp_Object last_mouse_press_frame
;
259 /* The scroll bar in which the last X motion event occurred.
261 If the last X motion event occurred in a scroll bar, we set this so
262 XTmouse_position can know whether to report a scroll bar motion or
265 If the last X motion event didn't occur in a scroll bar, we set
266 this to Qnil, to tell XTmouse_position to return an ordinary motion
269 static Lisp_Object last_mouse_scroll_bar
;
271 /* This is a hack. We would really prefer that XTmouse_position would
272 return the time associated with the position it returns, but there
273 doesn't seem to be any way to wrest the time-stamp from the server
274 along with the position query. So, we just keep track of the time
275 of the last movement we received, and return that in hopes that
276 it's somewhat accurate. */
278 static Time last_mouse_movement_time
;
280 /* Time for last user interaction as returned in X events. */
282 static Time last_user_time
;
284 /* Incremented by XTread_socket whenever it really tries to read
288 static int volatile input_signal_count
;
290 static int input_signal_count
;
293 /* Used locally within XTread_socket. */
295 static int x_noop_count
;
297 /* Initial values of argv and argc. */
299 extern char **initial_argv
;
300 extern int initial_argc
;
302 extern Lisp_Object Vcommand_line_args
, Vsystem_name
;
304 /* Tells if a window manager is present or not. */
306 extern Lisp_Object Vx_no_window_manager
;
308 extern Lisp_Object Qeql
;
312 /* A mask of extra modifier bits to put into every keyboard char. */
314 extern EMACS_INT extra_keyboard_modifiers
;
316 /* The keysyms to use for the various modifiers. */
318 Lisp_Object Vx_alt_keysym
, Vx_hyper_keysym
, Vx_meta_keysym
, Vx_super_keysym
;
319 Lisp_Object Vx_keysym_table
;
320 static Lisp_Object Qalt
, Qhyper
, Qmeta
, Qsuper
, Qmodifier_value
;
322 static Lisp_Object Qvendor_specific_keysyms
;
323 static Lisp_Object Qlatin_1
;
325 extern XrmDatabase x_load_resources
P_ ((Display
*, char *, char *, char *));
326 extern int x_bitmap_mask
P_ ((FRAME_PTR
, int));
328 static int x_alloc_nearest_color_1
P_ ((Display
*, Colormap
, XColor
*));
329 static void x_set_window_size_1
P_ ((struct frame
*, int, int, int));
330 static const XColor
*x_color_cells
P_ ((Display
*, int *));
331 static void x_update_window_end
P_ ((struct window
*, int, int));
333 static int x_io_error_quitter
P_ ((Display
*));
334 static void x_font_min_bounds
P_ ((XFontStruct
*, int *, int *));
335 static int x_compute_min_glyph_bounds
P_ ((struct frame
*));
336 static void x_update_end
P_ ((struct frame
*));
337 static void XTframe_up_to_date
P_ ((struct frame
*));
338 static void XTset_terminal_modes
P_ ((void));
339 static void XTreset_terminal_modes
P_ ((void));
340 static void x_clear_frame
P_ ((void));
341 static void frame_highlight
P_ ((struct frame
*));
342 static void frame_unhighlight
P_ ((struct frame
*));
343 static void x_new_focus_frame
P_ ((struct x_display_info
*, struct frame
*));
344 static void x_focus_changed
P_ ((int, int, struct x_display_info
*,
345 struct frame
*, struct input_event
*));
346 static void x_detect_focus_change
P_ ((struct x_display_info
*,
347 XEvent
*, struct input_event
*));
348 static void XTframe_rehighlight
P_ ((struct frame
*));
349 static void x_frame_rehighlight
P_ ((struct x_display_info
*));
350 static void x_draw_hollow_cursor
P_ ((struct window
*, struct glyph_row
*));
351 static void x_draw_bar_cursor
P_ ((struct window
*, struct glyph_row
*, int,
352 enum text_cursor_kinds
));
354 static void x_clip_to_row
P_ ((struct window
*, struct glyph_row
*, int, GC
));
355 static void x_flush
P_ ((struct frame
*f
));
356 static void x_update_begin
P_ ((struct frame
*));
357 static void x_update_window_begin
P_ ((struct window
*));
358 static void x_after_update_window_line
P_ ((struct glyph_row
*));
359 static struct scroll_bar
*x_window_to_scroll_bar
P_ ((Display
*, Window
));
360 static void x_scroll_bar_report_motion
P_ ((struct frame
**, Lisp_Object
*,
361 enum scroll_bar_part
*,
362 Lisp_Object
*, Lisp_Object
*,
364 static void x_check_fullscreen
P_ ((struct frame
*));
365 static void x_check_expected_move
P_ ((struct frame
*, int, int));
366 static void x_sync_with_move
P_ ((struct frame
*, int, int, int));
367 static int handle_one_xevent
P_ ((struct x_display_info
*, XEvent
*,
368 int *, struct input_event
*));
369 /* Don't declare this NO_RETURN because we want no
370 interference with debugging failing X calls. */
371 static SIGTYPE x_connection_closed
P_ ((Display
*, char *));
374 /* Flush display of frame F, or of all frames if F is null. */
383 Lisp_Object rest
, frame
;
384 FOR_EACH_FRAME (rest
, frame
)
385 x_flush (XFRAME (frame
));
387 else if (FRAME_X_P (f
))
388 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
393 /* Remove calls to XFlush by defining XFlush to an empty replacement.
394 Calls to XFlush should be unnecessary because the X output buffer
395 is flushed automatically as needed by calls to XPending,
396 XNextEvent, or XWindowEvent according to the XFlush man page.
397 XTread_socket calls XPending. Removing XFlush improves
400 #define XFlush(DISPLAY) (void) 0
403 /***********************************************************************
405 ***********************************************************************/
409 /* This is a function useful for recording debugging information about
410 the sequence of occurrences in this file. */
418 struct record event_record
[100];
420 int event_record_index
;
422 record_event (locus
, type
)
426 if (event_record_index
== sizeof (event_record
) / sizeof (struct record
))
427 event_record_index
= 0;
429 event_record
[event_record_index
].locus
= locus
;
430 event_record
[event_record_index
].type
= type
;
431 event_record_index
++;
438 /* Return the struct x_display_info corresponding to DPY. */
440 struct x_display_info
*
441 x_display_info_for_display (dpy
)
444 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
446 for (dpyinfo
= x_display_list
; dpyinfo
; dpyinfo
= dpyinfo
->next
)
447 if (dpyinfo
->display
== dpy
)
455 /***********************************************************************
456 Starting and ending an update
457 ***********************************************************************/
459 /* Start an update of frame F. This function is installed as a hook
460 for update_begin, i.e. it is called when update_begin is called.
461 This function is called prior to calls to x_update_window_begin for
462 each window being updated. Currently, there is nothing to do here
463 because all interesting stuff is done on a window basis. */
473 /* Start update of window W. Set the global variable updated_window
474 to the window being updated and set output_cursor to the cursor
478 x_update_window_begin (w
)
481 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w
));
482 struct x_display_info
*display_info
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
485 set_output_cursor (&w
->cursor
);
489 if (f
== display_info
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
)
491 /* Don't do highlighting for mouse motion during the update. */
492 display_info
->mouse_face_defer
= 1;
494 /* If F needs to be redrawn, simply forget about any prior mouse
496 if (FRAME_GARBAGED_P (f
))
497 display_info
->mouse_face_window
= Qnil
;
499 #if 0 /* Rows in a current matrix containing glyphs in mouse-face have
500 their mouse_face_p flag set, which means that they are always
501 unequal to rows in a desired matrix which never have that
502 flag set. So, rows containing mouse-face glyphs are never
503 scrolled, and we don't have to switch the mouse highlight off
504 here to prevent it from being scrolled. */
506 /* Can we tell that this update does not affect the window
507 where the mouse highlight is? If so, no need to turn off.
508 Likewise, don't do anything if the frame is garbaged;
509 in that case, the frame's current matrix that we would use
510 is all wrong, and we will redisplay that line anyway. */
511 if (!NILP (display_info
->mouse_face_window
)
512 && w
== XWINDOW (display_info
->mouse_face_window
))
516 for (i
= 0; i
< w
->desired_matrix
->nrows
; ++i
)
517 if (MATRIX_ROW_ENABLED_P (w
->desired_matrix
, i
))
520 if (i
< w
->desired_matrix
->nrows
)
521 clear_mouse_face (display_info
);
530 /* Draw a vertical window border from (x,y0) to (x,y1) */
533 x_draw_vertical_window_border (w
, x
, y0
, y1
)
537 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w
));
540 face
= FACE_FROM_ID (f
, VERTICAL_BORDER_FACE_ID
);
542 XSetForeground (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
,
545 XDrawLine (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
546 f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
, x
, y0
, x
, y1
);
549 /* End update of window W (which is equal to updated_window).
551 Draw vertical borders between horizontally adjacent windows, and
552 display W's cursor if CURSOR_ON_P is non-zero.
554 MOUSE_FACE_OVERWRITTEN_P non-zero means that some row containing
555 glyphs in mouse-face were overwritten. In that case we have to
556 make sure that the mouse-highlight is properly redrawn.
558 W may be a menu bar pseudo-window in case we don't have X toolkit
559 support. Such windows don't have a cursor, so don't display it
563 x_update_window_end (w
, cursor_on_p
, mouse_face_overwritten_p
)
565 int cursor_on_p
, mouse_face_overwritten_p
;
567 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (XFRAME (w
->frame
));
569 if (!w
->pseudo_window_p
)
574 display_and_set_cursor (w
, 1, output_cursor
.hpos
,
576 output_cursor
.x
, output_cursor
.y
);
578 if (draw_window_fringes (w
, 1))
579 x_draw_vertical_border (w
);
584 /* If a row with mouse-face was overwritten, arrange for
585 XTframe_up_to_date to redisplay the mouse highlight. */
586 if (mouse_face_overwritten_p
)
588 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_beg_row
= dpyinfo
->mouse_face_beg_col
= -1;
589 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_end_row
= dpyinfo
->mouse_face_end_col
= -1;
590 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_window
= Qnil
;
593 updated_window
= NULL
;
597 /* End update of frame F. This function is installed as a hook in
604 /* Mouse highlight may be displayed again. */
605 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->mouse_face_defer
= 0;
609 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
615 /* This function is called from various places in xdisp.c whenever a
616 complete update has been performed. The global variable
617 updated_window is not available here. */
620 XTframe_up_to_date (f
)
625 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
627 if (dpyinfo
->mouse_face_deferred_gc
628 || f
== dpyinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
)
631 if (dpyinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
)
632 note_mouse_highlight (dpyinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
,
633 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_x
,
634 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_y
);
635 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_deferred_gc
= 0;
642 /* Draw truncation mark bitmaps, continuation mark bitmaps, overlay
643 arrow bitmaps, or clear the fringes if no bitmaps are required
644 before DESIRED_ROW is made current. The window being updated is
645 found in updated_window. This function It is called from
646 update_window_line only if it is known that there are differences
647 between bitmaps to be drawn between current row and DESIRED_ROW. */
650 x_after_update_window_line (desired_row
)
651 struct glyph_row
*desired_row
;
653 struct window
*w
= updated_window
;
659 if (!desired_row
->mode_line_p
&& !w
->pseudo_window_p
)
660 desired_row
->redraw_fringe_bitmaps_p
= 1;
662 /* When a window has disappeared, make sure that no rest of
663 full-width rows stays visible in the internal border. Could
664 check here if updated_window is the leftmost/rightmost window,
665 but I guess it's not worth doing since vertically split windows
666 are almost never used, internal border is rarely set, and the
667 overhead is very small. */
668 if (windows_or_buffers_changed
669 && desired_row
->full_width_p
670 && (f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
),
671 width
= FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
),
673 && (height
= desired_row
->visible_height
,
676 int y
= WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, max (0, desired_row
->y
));
678 /* Internal border is drawn below the tool bar. */
679 if (WINDOWP (f
->tool_bar_window
)
680 && w
== XWINDOW (f
->tool_bar_window
))
684 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
685 0, y
, width
, height
, False
);
686 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
687 FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
) - width
,
688 y
, width
, height
, False
);
694 x_draw_fringe_bitmap (w
, row
, p
)
696 struct glyph_row
*row
;
697 struct draw_fringe_bitmap_params
*p
;
699 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w
));
700 Display
*display
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
701 Window window
= FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
);
702 GC gc
= f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
;
703 struct face
*face
= p
->face
;
706 /* Must clip because of partially visible lines. */
707 rowY
= WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, row
->y
);
710 /* Adjust position of "bottom aligned" bitmap on partially
713 int oldVH
= row
->visible_height
;
714 row
->visible_height
= p
->h
;
715 row
->y
-= rowY
- p
->y
;
716 x_clip_to_row (w
, row
, -1, gc
);
718 row
->visible_height
= oldVH
;
721 x_clip_to_row (w
, row
, -1, gc
);
723 if (p
->bx
>= 0 && !p
->overlay_p
)
725 /* In case the same realized face is used for fringes and
726 for something displayed in the text (e.g. face `region' on
727 mono-displays, the fill style may have been changed to
728 FillSolid in x_draw_glyph_string_background. */
730 XSetFillStyle (display
, face
->gc
, FillOpaqueStippled
);
732 XSetForeground (display
, face
->gc
, face
->background
);
734 XFillRectangle (display
, window
, face
->gc
,
735 p
->bx
, p
->by
, p
->nx
, p
->ny
);
738 XSetForeground (display
, face
->gc
, face
->foreground
);
744 Pixmap pixmap
, clipmask
= (Pixmap
) 0;
745 int depth
= DefaultDepthOfScreen (FRAME_X_SCREEN (f
));
749 bits
= (unsigned char *)(p
->bits
+ p
->dh
);
751 bits
= (unsigned char *)p
->bits
+ p
->dh
;
753 /* Draw the bitmap. I believe these small pixmaps can be cached
755 pixmap
= XCreatePixmapFromBitmapData (display
, window
, bits
, p
->wd
, p
->h
,
757 ? (p
->overlay_p
? face
->background
758 : f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_pixel
)
760 face
->background
, depth
);
764 clipmask
= XCreatePixmapFromBitmapData (display
,
765 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->root_window
,
768 gcv
.clip_mask
= clipmask
;
769 gcv
.clip_x_origin
= p
->x
;
770 gcv
.clip_y_origin
= p
->y
;
771 XChangeGC (display
, gc
, GCClipMask
| GCClipXOrigin
| GCClipYOrigin
, &gcv
);
774 XCopyArea (display
, pixmap
, window
, gc
, 0, 0,
775 p
->wd
, p
->h
, p
->x
, p
->y
);
776 XFreePixmap (display
, pixmap
);
780 gcv
.clip_mask
= (Pixmap
) 0;
781 XChangeGC (display
, gc
, GCClipMask
, &gcv
);
782 XFreePixmap (display
, clipmask
);
786 XSetClipMask (display
, gc
, None
);
791 /* This is called when starting Emacs and when restarting after
792 suspend. When starting Emacs, no X window is mapped. And nothing
793 must be done to Emacs's own window if it is suspended (though that
797 XTset_terminal_modes ()
801 /* This is called when exiting or suspending Emacs. Exiting will make
802 the X-windows go away, and suspending requires no action. */
805 XTreset_terminal_modes ()
811 /***********************************************************************
813 ***********************************************************************/
815 /* Function prototypes of this page. */
817 static int x_encode_char
P_ ((int, XChar2b
*, struct font_info
*, int *));
820 /* Get metrics of character CHAR2B in FONT. Value is null if CHAR2B
821 is not contained in the font. */
824 x_per_char_metric (font
, char2b
, font_type
)
827 int font_type
; /* unused on X */
829 /* The result metric information. */
830 XCharStruct
*pcm
= NULL
;
832 xassert (font
&& char2b
);
834 if (font
->per_char
!= NULL
)
836 if (font
->min_byte1
== 0 && font
->max_byte1
== 0)
838 /* min_char_or_byte2 specifies the linear character index
839 corresponding to the first element of the per_char array,
840 max_char_or_byte2 is the index of the last character. A
841 character with non-zero CHAR2B->byte1 is not in the font.
842 A character with byte2 less than min_char_or_byte2 or
843 greater max_char_or_byte2 is not in the font. */
844 if (char2b
->byte1
== 0
845 && char2b
->byte2
>= font
->min_char_or_byte2
846 && char2b
->byte2
<= font
->max_char_or_byte2
)
847 pcm
= font
->per_char
+ char2b
->byte2
- font
->min_char_or_byte2
;
851 /* If either min_byte1 or max_byte1 are nonzero, both
852 min_char_or_byte2 and max_char_or_byte2 are less than
853 256, and the 2-byte character index values corresponding
854 to the per_char array element N (counting from 0) are:
856 byte1 = N/D + min_byte1
857 byte2 = N\D + min_char_or_byte2
861 D = max_char_or_byte2 - min_char_or_byte2 + 1
863 \ = integer modulus */
864 if (char2b
->byte1
>= font
->min_byte1
865 && char2b
->byte1
<= font
->max_byte1
866 && char2b
->byte2
>= font
->min_char_or_byte2
867 && char2b
->byte2
<= font
->max_char_or_byte2
)
869 pcm
= (font
->per_char
870 + ((font
->max_char_or_byte2
- font
->min_char_or_byte2
+ 1)
871 * (char2b
->byte1
- font
->min_byte1
))
872 + (char2b
->byte2
- font
->min_char_or_byte2
));
878 /* If the per_char pointer is null, all glyphs between the first
879 and last character indexes inclusive have the same
880 information, as given by both min_bounds and max_bounds. */
881 if (char2b
->byte2
>= font
->min_char_or_byte2
882 && char2b
->byte2
<= font
->max_char_or_byte2
)
883 pcm
= &font
->max_bounds
;
887 || (pcm
->width
== 0 && (pcm
->rbearing
- pcm
->lbearing
) == 0))
892 /* Encode CHAR2B using encoding information from FONT_INFO. CHAR2B is
893 the two-byte form of C. Encoding is returned in *CHAR2B. */
896 x_encode_char (c
, char2b
, font_info
, two_byte_p
)
899 struct font_info
*font_info
;
902 int charset
= CHAR_CHARSET (c
);
903 XFontStruct
*font
= font_info
->font
;
905 /* FONT_INFO may define a scheme by which to encode byte1 and byte2.
906 This may be either a program in a special encoder language or a
908 if (font_info
->font_encoder
)
910 /* It's a program. */
911 struct ccl_program
*ccl
= font_info
->font_encoder
;
913 check_ccl_update (ccl
);
914 if (CHARSET_DIMENSION (charset
) == 1)
916 ccl
->reg
[0] = charset
;
917 ccl
->reg
[1] = char2b
->byte2
;
922 ccl
->reg
[0] = charset
;
923 ccl
->reg
[1] = char2b
->byte1
;
924 ccl
->reg
[2] = char2b
->byte2
;
927 ccl_driver (ccl
, NULL
, NULL
, 0, 0, NULL
);
929 /* We assume that MSBs are appropriately set/reset by CCL
931 if (font
->max_byte1
== 0) /* 1-byte font */
932 char2b
->byte1
= 0, char2b
->byte2
= ccl
->reg
[1];
934 char2b
->byte1
= ccl
->reg
[1], char2b
->byte2
= ccl
->reg
[2];
936 else if (font_info
->encoding
[charset
])
938 /* Fixed encoding scheme. See fontset.h for the meaning of the
940 int enc
= font_info
->encoding
[charset
];
942 if ((enc
== 1 || enc
== 2)
943 && CHARSET_DIMENSION (charset
) == 2)
944 char2b
->byte1
|= 0x80;
946 if (enc
== 1 || enc
== 3)
947 char2b
->byte2
|= 0x80;
951 *two_byte_p
= ((XFontStruct
*) (font_info
->font
))->max_byte1
> 0;
953 return FONT_TYPE_UNKNOWN
;
958 /***********************************************************************
960 ***********************************************************************/
964 static void x_set_glyph_string_clipping
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*));
965 static void x_set_glyph_string_gc
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*));
966 static void x_draw_glyph_string_background
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*,
968 static void x_draw_glyph_string_foreground
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*));
969 static void x_draw_composite_glyph_string_foreground
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*));
970 static void x_draw_glyph_string_box
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*));
971 static void x_draw_glyph_string
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*));
972 static void x_compute_glyph_string_overhangs
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*));
973 static void x_set_cursor_gc
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*));
974 static void x_set_mode_line_face_gc
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*));
975 static void x_set_mouse_face_gc
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*));
976 static int x_alloc_lighter_color
P_ ((struct frame
*, Display
*, Colormap
,
977 unsigned long *, double, int));
978 static void x_setup_relief_color
P_ ((struct frame
*, struct relief
*,
979 double, int, unsigned long));
980 static void x_setup_relief_colors
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*));
981 static void x_draw_image_glyph_string
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*));
982 static void x_draw_image_relief
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*));
983 static void x_draw_image_foreground
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*));
984 static void x_draw_image_foreground_1
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*, Pixmap
));
985 static void x_clear_glyph_string_rect
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*, int,
987 static void x_draw_relief_rect
P_ ((struct frame
*, int, int, int, int,
988 int, int, int, int, int, int,
990 static void x_draw_box_rect
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*, int, int, int, int,
991 int, int, int, XRectangle
*));
994 static void x_check_font
P_ ((struct frame
*, XFontStruct
*));
998 /* Set S->gc to a suitable GC for drawing glyph string S in cursor
1003 struct glyph_string
*s
;
1005 if (s
->font
== FRAME_FONT (s
->f
)
1006 && s
->face
->background
== FRAME_BACKGROUND_PIXEL (s
->f
)
1007 && s
->face
->foreground
== FRAME_FOREGROUND_PIXEL (s
->f
)
1009 s
->gc
= s
->f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_gc
;
1012 /* Cursor on non-default face: must merge. */
1016 xgcv
.background
= s
->f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_pixel
;
1017 xgcv
.foreground
= s
->face
->background
;
1019 /* If the glyph would be invisible, try a different foreground. */
1020 if (xgcv
.foreground
== xgcv
.background
)
1021 xgcv
.foreground
= s
->face
->foreground
;
1022 if (xgcv
.foreground
== xgcv
.background
)
1023 xgcv
.foreground
= s
->f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_foreground_pixel
;
1024 if (xgcv
.foreground
== xgcv
.background
)
1025 xgcv
.foreground
= s
->face
->foreground
;
1027 /* Make sure the cursor is distinct from text in this face. */
1028 if (xgcv
.background
== s
->face
->background
1029 && xgcv
.foreground
== s
->face
->foreground
)
1031 xgcv
.background
= s
->face
->foreground
;
1032 xgcv
.foreground
= s
->face
->background
;
1035 IF_DEBUG (x_check_font (s
->f
, s
->font
));
1036 xgcv
.font
= s
->font
->fid
;
1037 xgcv
.graphics_exposures
= False
;
1038 mask
= GCForeground
| GCBackground
| GCFont
| GCGraphicsExposures
;
1040 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
)
1041 XChangeGC (s
->display
, FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
,
1044 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
1045 = XCreateGC (s
->display
, s
->window
, mask
, &xgcv
);
1047 s
->gc
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
;
1052 /* Set up S->gc of glyph string S for drawing text in mouse face. */
1055 x_set_mouse_face_gc (s
)
1056 struct glyph_string
*s
;
1061 /* What face has to be used last for the mouse face? */
1062 face_id
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->mouse_face_face_id
;
1063 face
= FACE_FROM_ID (s
->f
, face_id
);
1065 face
= FACE_FROM_ID (s
->f
, MOUSE_FACE_ID
);
1067 if (s
->first_glyph
->type
== CHAR_GLYPH
)
1068 face_id
= FACE_FOR_CHAR (s
->f
, face
, s
->first_glyph
->u
.ch
);
1070 face_id
= FACE_FOR_CHAR (s
->f
, face
, 0);
1071 s
->face
= FACE_FROM_ID (s
->f
, face_id
);
1072 PREPARE_FACE_FOR_DISPLAY (s
->f
, s
->face
);
1074 /* If font in this face is same as S->font, use it. */
1075 if (s
->font
== s
->face
->font
)
1076 s
->gc
= s
->face
->gc
;
1079 /* Otherwise construct scratch_cursor_gc with values from FACE
1084 xgcv
.background
= s
->face
->background
;
1085 xgcv
.foreground
= s
->face
->foreground
;
1086 IF_DEBUG (x_check_font (s
->f
, s
->font
));
1087 xgcv
.font
= s
->font
->fid
;
1088 xgcv
.graphics_exposures
= False
;
1089 mask
= GCForeground
| GCBackground
| GCFont
| GCGraphicsExposures
;
1091 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
)
1092 XChangeGC (s
->display
, FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
,
1095 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
1096 = XCreateGC (s
->display
, s
->window
, mask
, &xgcv
);
1098 s
->gc
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
;
1101 xassert (s
->gc
!= 0);
1105 /* Set S->gc of glyph string S to a GC suitable for drawing a mode line.
1106 Faces to use in the mode line have already been computed when the
1107 matrix was built, so there isn't much to do, here. */
1110 x_set_mode_line_face_gc (s
)
1111 struct glyph_string
*s
;
1113 s
->gc
= s
->face
->gc
;
1117 /* Set S->gc of glyph string S for drawing that glyph string. Set
1118 S->stippled_p to a non-zero value if the face of S has a stipple
1122 x_set_glyph_string_gc (s
)
1123 struct glyph_string
*s
;
1125 PREPARE_FACE_FOR_DISPLAY (s
->f
, s
->face
);
1127 if (s
->hl
== DRAW_NORMAL_TEXT
)
1129 s
->gc
= s
->face
->gc
;
1130 s
->stippled_p
= s
->face
->stipple
!= 0;
1132 else if (s
->hl
== DRAW_INVERSE_VIDEO
)
1134 x_set_mode_line_face_gc (s
);
1135 s
->stippled_p
= s
->face
->stipple
!= 0;
1137 else if (s
->hl
== DRAW_CURSOR
)
1139 x_set_cursor_gc (s
);
1142 else if (s
->hl
== DRAW_MOUSE_FACE
)
1144 x_set_mouse_face_gc (s
);
1145 s
->stippled_p
= s
->face
->stipple
!= 0;
1147 else if (s
->hl
== DRAW_IMAGE_RAISED
1148 || s
->hl
== DRAW_IMAGE_SUNKEN
)
1150 s
->gc
= s
->face
->gc
;
1151 s
->stippled_p
= s
->face
->stipple
!= 0;
1155 s
->gc
= s
->face
->gc
;
1156 s
->stippled_p
= s
->face
->stipple
!= 0;
1159 /* GC must have been set. */
1160 xassert (s
->gc
!= 0);
1164 /* Set clipping for output of glyph string S. S may be part of a mode
1165 line or menu if we don't have X toolkit support. */
1168 x_set_glyph_string_clipping (s
)
1169 struct glyph_string
*s
;
1172 get_glyph_string_clip_rect (s
, &r
);
1173 XSetClipRectangles (s
->display
, s
->gc
, 0, 0, &r
, 1, Unsorted
);
1178 Compute left and right overhang of glyph string S. If S is a glyph
1179 string for a composition, assume overhangs don't exist. */
1182 x_compute_glyph_string_overhangs (s
)
1183 struct glyph_string
*s
;
1186 && s
->first_glyph
->type
== CHAR_GLYPH
)
1189 int direction
, font_ascent
, font_descent
;
1190 XTextExtents16 (s
->font
, s
->char2b
, s
->nchars
, &direction
,
1191 &font_ascent
, &font_descent
, &cs
);
1192 s
->right_overhang
= cs
.rbearing
> cs
.width
? cs
.rbearing
- cs
.width
: 0;
1193 s
->left_overhang
= cs
.lbearing
< 0 ? -cs
.lbearing
: 0;
1198 /* Fill rectangle X, Y, W, H with background color of glyph string S. */
1201 x_clear_glyph_string_rect (s
, x
, y
, w
, h
)
1202 struct glyph_string
*s
;
1206 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, s
->gc
, GCForeground
| GCBackground
, &xgcv
);
1207 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.background
);
1208 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, x
, y
, w
, h
);
1209 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.foreground
);
1213 /* Draw the background of glyph_string S. If S->background_filled_p
1214 is non-zero don't draw it. FORCE_P non-zero means draw the
1215 background even if it wouldn't be drawn normally. This is used
1216 when a string preceding S draws into the background of S, or S
1217 contains the first component of a composition. */
1220 x_draw_glyph_string_background (s
, force_p
)
1221 struct glyph_string
*s
;
1224 /* Nothing to do if background has already been drawn or if it
1225 shouldn't be drawn in the first place. */
1226 if (!s
->background_filled_p
)
1228 int box_line_width
= max (s
->face
->box_line_width
, 0);
1232 /* Fill background with a stipple pattern. */
1233 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, s
->gc
, FillOpaqueStippled
);
1234 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, s
->x
,
1235 s
->y
+ box_line_width
,
1236 s
->background_width
,
1237 s
->height
- 2 * box_line_width
);
1238 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, s
->gc
, FillSolid
);
1239 s
->background_filled_p
= 1;
1241 else if (FONT_HEIGHT (s
->font
) < s
->height
- 2 * box_line_width
1242 || s
->font_not_found_p
1243 || s
->extends_to_end_of_line_p
1246 x_clear_glyph_string_rect (s
, s
->x
, s
->y
+ box_line_width
,
1247 s
->background_width
,
1248 s
->height
- 2 * box_line_width
);
1249 s
->background_filled_p
= 1;
1255 /* Draw the foreground of glyph string S. */
1258 x_draw_glyph_string_foreground (s
)
1259 struct glyph_string
*s
;
1263 /* If first glyph of S has a left box line, start drawing the text
1264 of S to the right of that box line. */
1265 if (s
->face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
1266 && s
->first_glyph
->left_box_line_p
)
1267 x
= s
->x
+ abs (s
->face
->box_line_width
);
1271 /* Draw characters of S as rectangles if S's font could not be
1273 if (s
->font_not_found_p
)
1275 for (i
= 0; i
< s
->nchars
; ++i
)
1277 struct glyph
*g
= s
->first_glyph
+ i
;
1278 XDrawRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
,
1279 s
->gc
, x
, s
->y
, g
->pixel_width
- 1,
1281 x
+= g
->pixel_width
;
1286 char *char1b
= (char *) s
->char2b
;
1287 int boff
= s
->font_info
->baseline_offset
;
1289 if (s
->font_info
->vertical_centering
)
1290 boff
= VCENTER_BASELINE_OFFSET (s
->font
, s
->f
) - boff
;
1292 /* If we can use 8-bit functions, condense S->char2b. */
1294 for (i
= 0; i
< s
->nchars
; ++i
)
1295 char1b
[i
] = s
->char2b
[i
].byte2
;
1297 /* Draw text with XDrawString if background has already been
1298 filled. Otherwise, use XDrawImageString. (Note that
1299 XDrawImageString is usually faster than XDrawString.) Always
1300 use XDrawImageString when drawing the cursor so that there is
1301 no chance that characters under a box cursor are invisible. */
1303 || (s
->background_filled_p
&& s
->hl
!= DRAW_CURSOR
))
1305 /* Draw characters with 16-bit or 8-bit functions. */
1307 XDrawString16 (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, x
,
1308 s
->ybase
- boff
, s
->char2b
, s
->nchars
);
1310 XDrawString (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, x
,
1311 s
->ybase
- boff
, char1b
, s
->nchars
);
1316 XDrawImageString16 (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, x
,
1317 s
->ybase
- boff
, s
->char2b
, s
->nchars
);
1319 XDrawImageString (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, x
,
1320 s
->ybase
- boff
, char1b
, s
->nchars
);
1323 if (s
->face
->overstrike
)
1325 /* For overstriking (to simulate bold-face), draw the
1326 characters again shifted to the right by one pixel. */
1328 XDrawString16 (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, x
+ 1,
1329 s
->ybase
- boff
, s
->char2b
, s
->nchars
);
1331 XDrawString (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, x
+ 1,
1332 s
->ybase
- boff
, char1b
, s
->nchars
);
1337 /* Draw the foreground of composite glyph string S. */
1340 x_draw_composite_glyph_string_foreground (s
)
1341 struct glyph_string
*s
;
1345 /* If first glyph of S has a left box line, start drawing the text
1346 of S to the right of that box line. */
1347 if (s
->face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
1348 && s
->first_glyph
->left_box_line_p
)
1349 x
= s
->x
+ abs (s
->face
->box_line_width
);
1353 /* S is a glyph string for a composition. S->gidx is the index of
1354 the first character drawn for glyphs of this composition.
1355 S->gidx == 0 means we are drawing the very first character of
1356 this composition. */
1358 /* Draw a rectangle for the composition if the font for the very
1359 first character of the composition could not be loaded. */
1360 if (s
->font_not_found_p
)
1363 XDrawRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, x
, s
->y
,
1364 s
->width
- 1, s
->height
- 1);
1368 for (i
= 0; i
< s
->nchars
; i
++, ++s
->gidx
)
1370 XDrawString16 (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
1371 x
+ s
->cmp
->offsets
[s
->gidx
* 2],
1372 s
->ybase
- s
->cmp
->offsets
[s
->gidx
* 2 + 1],
1374 if (s
->face
->overstrike
)
1375 XDrawString16 (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
1376 x
+ s
->cmp
->offsets
[s
->gidx
* 2] + 1,
1377 s
->ybase
- s
->cmp
->offsets
[s
->gidx
* 2 + 1],
1384 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
1386 static struct frame
*x_frame_of_widget
P_ ((Widget
));
1387 static Boolean cvt_string_to_pixel
P_ ((Display
*, XrmValue
*, Cardinal
*,
1388 XrmValue
*, XrmValue
*, XtPointer
*));
1389 static void cvt_pixel_dtor
P_ ((XtAppContext
, XrmValue
*, XtPointer
,
1390 XrmValue
*, Cardinal
*));
1393 /* Return the frame on which widget WIDGET is used.. Abort if frame
1394 cannot be determined. */
1396 static struct frame
*
1397 x_frame_of_widget (widget
)
1400 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
1404 dpyinfo
= x_display_info_for_display (XtDisplay (widget
));
1406 /* Find the top-level shell of the widget. Note that this function
1407 can be called when the widget is not yet realized, so XtWindow
1408 (widget) == 0. That's the reason we can't simply use
1409 x_any_window_to_frame. */
1410 while (!XtIsTopLevelShell (widget
))
1411 widget
= XtParent (widget
);
1413 /* Look for a frame with that top-level widget. Allocate the color
1414 on that frame to get the right gamma correction value. */
1415 for (tail
= Vframe_list
; GC_CONSP (tail
); tail
= XCDR (tail
))
1416 if (GC_FRAMEP (XCAR (tail
))
1417 && (f
= XFRAME (XCAR (tail
)),
1418 (f
->output_data
.nothing
!= 1
1419 && FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
) == dpyinfo
))
1420 && f
->output_data
.x
->widget
== widget
)
1427 /* Allocate the color COLOR->pixel on the screen and display of
1428 widget WIDGET in colormap CMAP. If an exact match cannot be
1429 allocated, try the nearest color available. Value is non-zero
1430 if successful. This is called from lwlib. */
1433 x_alloc_nearest_color_for_widget (widget
, cmap
, color
)
1438 struct frame
*f
= x_frame_of_widget (widget
);
1439 return x_alloc_nearest_color (f
, cmap
, color
);
1443 /* Allocate a color which is lighter or darker than *PIXEL by FACTOR
1444 or DELTA. Try a color with RGB values multiplied by FACTOR first.
1445 If this produces the same color as PIXEL, try a color where all RGB
1446 values have DELTA added. Return the allocated color in *PIXEL.
1447 DISPLAY is the X display, CMAP is the colormap to operate on.
1448 Value is non-zero if successful. */
1451 x_alloc_lighter_color_for_widget (widget
, display
, cmap
, pixel
, factor
, delta
)
1455 unsigned long *pixel
;
1459 struct frame
*f
= x_frame_of_widget (widget
);
1460 return x_alloc_lighter_color (f
, display
, cmap
, pixel
, factor
, delta
);
1464 /* Structure specifying which arguments should be passed by Xt to
1465 cvt_string_to_pixel. We want the widget's screen and colormap. */
1467 static XtConvertArgRec cvt_string_to_pixel_args
[] =
1469 {XtWidgetBaseOffset
, (XtPointer
) XtOffset (Widget
, core
.screen
),
1471 {XtWidgetBaseOffset
, (XtPointer
) XtOffset (Widget
, core
.colormap
),
1476 /* The address of this variable is returned by
1477 cvt_string_to_pixel. */
1479 static Pixel cvt_string_to_pixel_value
;
1482 /* Convert a color name to a pixel color.
1484 DPY is the display we are working on.
1486 ARGS is an array of *NARGS XrmValue structures holding additional
1487 information about the widget for which the conversion takes place.
1488 The contents of this array are determined by the specification
1489 in cvt_string_to_pixel_args.
1491 FROM is a pointer to an XrmValue which points to the color name to
1492 convert. TO is an XrmValue in which to return the pixel color.
1494 CLOSURE_RET is a pointer to user-data, in which we record if
1495 we allocated the color or not.
1497 Value is True if successful, False otherwise. */
1500 cvt_string_to_pixel (dpy
, args
, nargs
, from
, to
, closure_ret
)
1504 XrmValue
*from
, *to
;
1505 XtPointer
*closure_ret
;
1515 XtAppWarningMsg (XtDisplayToApplicationContext (dpy
),
1516 "wrongParameters", "cvt_string_to_pixel",
1518 "Screen and colormap args required", NULL
, NULL
);
1522 screen
= *(Screen
**) args
[0].addr
;
1523 cmap
= *(Colormap
*) args
[1].addr
;
1524 color_name
= (String
) from
->addr
;
1526 if (strcmp (color_name
, XtDefaultBackground
) == 0)
1528 *closure_ret
= (XtPointer
) False
;
1529 pixel
= WhitePixelOfScreen (screen
);
1531 else if (strcmp (color_name
, XtDefaultForeground
) == 0)
1533 *closure_ret
= (XtPointer
) False
;
1534 pixel
= BlackPixelOfScreen (screen
);
1536 else if (XParseColor (dpy
, cmap
, color_name
, &color
)
1537 && x_alloc_nearest_color_1 (dpy
, cmap
, &color
))
1539 pixel
= color
.pixel
;
1540 *closure_ret
= (XtPointer
) True
;
1545 Cardinal nparams
= 1;
1547 params
[0] = color_name
;
1548 XtAppWarningMsg (XtDisplayToApplicationContext (dpy
),
1549 "badValue", "cvt_string_to_pixel",
1550 "XtToolkitError", "Invalid color `%s'",
1555 if (to
->addr
!= NULL
)
1557 if (to
->size
< sizeof (Pixel
))
1559 to
->size
= sizeof (Pixel
);
1563 *(Pixel
*) to
->addr
= pixel
;
1567 cvt_string_to_pixel_value
= pixel
;
1568 to
->addr
= (XtPointer
) &cvt_string_to_pixel_value
;
1571 to
->size
= sizeof (Pixel
);
1576 /* Free a pixel color which was previously allocated via
1577 cvt_string_to_pixel. This is registered as the destructor
1578 for this type of resource via XtSetTypeConverter.
1580 APP is the application context in which we work.
1582 TO is a pointer to an XrmValue holding the color to free.
1583 CLOSURE is the value we stored in CLOSURE_RET for this color
1584 in cvt_string_to_pixel.
1586 ARGS and NARGS are like for cvt_string_to_pixel. */
1589 cvt_pixel_dtor (app
, to
, closure
, args
, nargs
)
1598 XtAppWarningMsg (app
, "wrongParameters", "cvt_pixel_dtor",
1600 "Screen and colormap arguments required",
1603 else if (closure
!= NULL
)
1605 /* We did allocate the pixel, so free it. */
1606 Screen
*screen
= *(Screen
**) args
[0].addr
;
1607 Colormap cmap
= *(Colormap
*) args
[1].addr
;
1608 x_free_dpy_colors (DisplayOfScreen (screen
), screen
, cmap
,
1609 (Pixel
*) to
->addr
, 1);
1614 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
1617 /* Value is an array of XColor structures for the contents of the
1618 color map of display DPY. Set *NCELLS to the size of the array.
1619 Note that this probably shouldn't be called for large color maps,
1620 say a 24-bit TrueColor map. */
1622 static const XColor
*
1623 x_color_cells (dpy
, ncells
)
1627 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= x_display_info_for_display (dpy
);
1629 if (dpyinfo
->color_cells
== NULL
)
1631 Screen
*screen
= dpyinfo
->screen
;
1634 dpyinfo
->ncolor_cells
1635 = XDisplayCells (dpy
, XScreenNumberOfScreen (screen
));
1636 dpyinfo
->color_cells
1637 = (XColor
*) xmalloc (dpyinfo
->ncolor_cells
1638 * sizeof *dpyinfo
->color_cells
);
1640 for (i
= 0; i
< dpyinfo
->ncolor_cells
; ++i
)
1641 dpyinfo
->color_cells
[i
].pixel
= i
;
1643 XQueryColors (dpy
, dpyinfo
->cmap
,
1644 dpyinfo
->color_cells
, dpyinfo
->ncolor_cells
);
1647 *ncells
= dpyinfo
->ncolor_cells
;
1648 return dpyinfo
->color_cells
;
1652 /* On frame F, translate pixel colors to RGB values for the NCOLORS
1653 colors in COLORS. Use cached information, if available. */
1656 x_query_colors (f
, colors
, ncolors
)
1661 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
1663 if (dpyinfo
->color_cells
)
1666 for (i
= 0; i
< ncolors
; ++i
)
1668 unsigned long pixel
= colors
[i
].pixel
;
1669 xassert (pixel
< dpyinfo
->ncolor_cells
);
1670 xassert (dpyinfo
->color_cells
[pixel
].pixel
== pixel
);
1671 colors
[i
] = dpyinfo
->color_cells
[pixel
];
1675 XQueryColors (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_COLORMAP (f
), colors
, ncolors
);
1679 /* On frame F, translate pixel color to RGB values for the color in
1680 COLOR. Use cached information, if available. */
1683 x_query_color (f
, color
)
1687 x_query_colors (f
, color
, 1);
1691 /* Allocate the color COLOR->pixel on DISPLAY, colormap CMAP. If an
1692 exact match can't be allocated, try the nearest color available.
1693 Value is non-zero if successful. Set *COLOR to the color
1697 x_alloc_nearest_color_1 (dpy
, cmap
, color
)
1704 rc
= XAllocColor (dpy
, cmap
, color
);
1707 /* If we got to this point, the colormap is full, so we're going
1708 to try to get the next closest color. The algorithm used is
1709 a least-squares matching, which is what X uses for closest
1710 color matching with StaticColor visuals. */
1712 unsigned long nearest_delta
= ~0;
1714 const XColor
*cells
= x_color_cells (dpy
, &ncells
);
1716 for (nearest
= i
= 0; i
< ncells
; ++i
)
1718 long dred
= (color
->red
>> 8) - (cells
[i
].red
>> 8);
1719 long dgreen
= (color
->green
>> 8) - (cells
[i
].green
>> 8);
1720 long dblue
= (color
->blue
>> 8) - (cells
[i
].blue
>> 8);
1721 unsigned long delta
= dred
* dred
+ dgreen
* dgreen
+ dblue
* dblue
;
1723 if (delta
< nearest_delta
)
1726 nearest_delta
= delta
;
1730 color
->red
= cells
[nearest
].red
;
1731 color
->green
= cells
[nearest
].green
;
1732 color
->blue
= cells
[nearest
].blue
;
1733 rc
= XAllocColor (dpy
, cmap
, color
);
1737 /* If allocation succeeded, and the allocated pixel color is not
1738 equal to a cached pixel color recorded earlier, there was a
1739 change in the colormap, so clear the color cache. */
1740 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= x_display_info_for_display (dpy
);
1741 XColor
*cached_color
;
1743 if (dpyinfo
->color_cells
1744 && (cached_color
= &dpyinfo
->color_cells
[color
->pixel
],
1745 (cached_color
->red
!= color
->red
1746 || cached_color
->blue
!= color
->blue
1747 || cached_color
->green
!= color
->green
)))
1749 xfree (dpyinfo
->color_cells
);
1750 dpyinfo
->color_cells
= NULL
;
1751 dpyinfo
->ncolor_cells
= 0;
1755 #ifdef DEBUG_X_COLORS
1757 register_color (color
->pixel
);
1758 #endif /* DEBUG_X_COLORS */
1764 /* Allocate the color COLOR->pixel on frame F, colormap CMAP. If an
1765 exact match can't be allocated, try the nearest color available.
1766 Value is non-zero if successful. Set *COLOR to the color
1770 x_alloc_nearest_color (f
, cmap
, color
)
1775 gamma_correct (f
, color
);
1776 return x_alloc_nearest_color_1 (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), cmap
, color
);
1780 /* Allocate color PIXEL on frame F. PIXEL must already be allocated.
1781 It's necessary to do this instead of just using PIXEL directly to
1782 get color reference counts right. */
1785 x_copy_color (f
, pixel
)
1787 unsigned long pixel
;
1791 color
.pixel
= pixel
;
1793 x_query_color (f
, &color
);
1794 XAllocColor (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_COLORMAP (f
), &color
);
1796 #ifdef DEBUG_X_COLORS
1797 register_color (pixel
);
1803 /* Allocate color PIXEL on display DPY. PIXEL must already be allocated.
1804 It's necessary to do this instead of just using PIXEL directly to
1805 get color reference counts right. */
1808 x_copy_dpy_color (dpy
, cmap
, pixel
)
1811 unsigned long pixel
;
1815 color
.pixel
= pixel
;
1817 XQueryColor (dpy
, cmap
, &color
);
1818 XAllocColor (dpy
, cmap
, &color
);
1820 #ifdef DEBUG_X_COLORS
1821 register_color (pixel
);
1827 /* Brightness beyond which a color won't have its highlight brightness
1830 Nominally, highlight colors for `3d' faces are calculated by
1831 brightening an object's color by a constant scale factor, but this
1832 doesn't yield good results for dark colors, so for colors who's
1833 brightness is less than this value (on a scale of 0-65535) have an
1834 use an additional additive factor.
1836 The value here is set so that the default menu-bar/mode-line color
1837 (grey75) will not have its highlights changed at all. */
1838 #define HIGHLIGHT_COLOR_DARK_BOOST_LIMIT 48000
1841 /* Allocate a color which is lighter or darker than *PIXEL by FACTOR
1842 or DELTA. Try a color with RGB values multiplied by FACTOR first.
1843 If this produces the same color as PIXEL, try a color where all RGB
1844 values have DELTA added. Return the allocated color in *PIXEL.
1845 DISPLAY is the X display, CMAP is the colormap to operate on.
1846 Value is non-zero if successful. */
1849 x_alloc_lighter_color (f
, display
, cmap
, pixel
, factor
, delta
)
1853 unsigned long *pixel
;
1861 /* Get RGB color values. */
1862 color
.pixel
= *pixel
;
1863 x_query_color (f
, &color
);
1865 /* Change RGB values by specified FACTOR. Avoid overflow! */
1866 xassert (factor
>= 0);
1867 new.red
= min (0xffff, factor
* color
.red
);
1868 new.green
= min (0xffff, factor
* color
.green
);
1869 new.blue
= min (0xffff, factor
* color
.blue
);
1871 /* Calculate brightness of COLOR. */
1872 bright
= (2 * color
.red
+ 3 * color
.green
+ color
.blue
) / 6;
1874 /* We only boost colors that are darker than
1875 HIGHLIGHT_COLOR_DARK_BOOST_LIMIT. */
1876 if (bright
< HIGHLIGHT_COLOR_DARK_BOOST_LIMIT
)
1877 /* Make an additive adjustment to NEW, because it's dark enough so
1878 that scaling by FACTOR alone isn't enough. */
1880 /* How far below the limit this color is (0 - 1, 1 being darker). */
1881 double dimness
= 1 - (double)bright
/ HIGHLIGHT_COLOR_DARK_BOOST_LIMIT
;
1882 /* The additive adjustment. */
1883 int min_delta
= delta
* dimness
* factor
/ 2;
1887 new.red
= max (0, new.red
- min_delta
);
1888 new.green
= max (0, new.green
- min_delta
);
1889 new.blue
= max (0, new.blue
- min_delta
);
1893 new.red
= min (0xffff, min_delta
+ new.red
);
1894 new.green
= min (0xffff, min_delta
+ new.green
);
1895 new.blue
= min (0xffff, min_delta
+ new.blue
);
1899 /* Try to allocate the color. */
1900 success_p
= x_alloc_nearest_color (f
, cmap
, &new);
1903 if (new.pixel
== *pixel
)
1905 /* If we end up with the same color as before, try adding
1906 delta to the RGB values. */
1907 x_free_colors (f
, &new.pixel
, 1);
1909 new.red
= min (0xffff, delta
+ color
.red
);
1910 new.green
= min (0xffff, delta
+ color
.green
);
1911 new.blue
= min (0xffff, delta
+ color
.blue
);
1912 success_p
= x_alloc_nearest_color (f
, cmap
, &new);
1923 /* Set up the foreground color for drawing relief lines of glyph
1924 string S. RELIEF is a pointer to a struct relief containing the GC
1925 with which lines will be drawn. Use a color that is FACTOR or
1926 DELTA lighter or darker than the relief's background which is found
1927 in S->f->output_data.x->relief_background. If such a color cannot
1928 be allocated, use DEFAULT_PIXEL, instead. */
1931 x_setup_relief_color (f
, relief
, factor
, delta
, default_pixel
)
1933 struct relief
*relief
;
1936 unsigned long default_pixel
;
1939 struct x_output
*di
= f
->output_data
.x
;
1940 unsigned long mask
= GCForeground
| GCLineWidth
| GCGraphicsExposures
;
1941 unsigned long pixel
;
1942 unsigned long background
= di
->relief_background
;
1943 Colormap cmap
= FRAME_X_COLORMAP (f
);
1944 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
1945 Display
*dpy
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
1947 xgcv
.graphics_exposures
= False
;
1948 xgcv
.line_width
= 1;
1950 /* Free previously allocated color. The color cell will be reused
1951 when it has been freed as many times as it was allocated, so this
1952 doesn't affect faces using the same colors. */
1954 && relief
->allocated_p
)
1956 x_free_colors (f
, &relief
->pixel
, 1);
1957 relief
->allocated_p
= 0;
1960 /* Allocate new color. */
1961 xgcv
.foreground
= default_pixel
;
1963 if (dpyinfo
->n_planes
!= 1
1964 && x_alloc_lighter_color (f
, dpy
, cmap
, &pixel
, factor
, delta
))
1966 relief
->allocated_p
= 1;
1967 xgcv
.foreground
= relief
->pixel
= pixel
;
1970 if (relief
->gc
== 0)
1972 xgcv
.stipple
= dpyinfo
->gray
;
1974 relief
->gc
= XCreateGC (dpy
, FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), mask
, &xgcv
);
1977 XChangeGC (dpy
, relief
->gc
, mask
, &xgcv
);
1981 /* Set up colors for the relief lines around glyph string S. */
1984 x_setup_relief_colors (s
)
1985 struct glyph_string
*s
;
1987 struct x_output
*di
= s
->f
->output_data
.x
;
1988 unsigned long color
;
1990 if (s
->face
->use_box_color_for_shadows_p
)
1991 color
= s
->face
->box_color
;
1992 else if (s
->first_glyph
->type
== IMAGE_GLYPH
1994 && !IMAGE_BACKGROUND_TRANSPARENT (s
->img
, s
->f
, 0))
1995 color
= IMAGE_BACKGROUND (s
->img
, s
->f
, 0);
2000 /* Get the background color of the face. */
2001 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, s
->gc
, GCBackground
, &xgcv
);
2002 color
= xgcv
.background
;
2005 if (di
->white_relief
.gc
== 0
2006 || color
!= di
->relief_background
)
2008 di
->relief_background
= color
;
2009 x_setup_relief_color (s
->f
, &di
->white_relief
, 1.2, 0x8000,
2010 WHITE_PIX_DEFAULT (s
->f
));
2011 x_setup_relief_color (s
->f
, &di
->black_relief
, 0.6, 0x4000,
2012 BLACK_PIX_DEFAULT (s
->f
));
2017 /* Draw a relief on frame F inside the rectangle given by LEFT_X,
2018 TOP_Y, RIGHT_X, and BOTTOM_Y. WIDTH is the thickness of the relief
2019 to draw, it must be >= 0. RAISED_P non-zero means draw a raised
2020 relief. LEFT_P non-zero means draw a relief on the left side of
2021 the rectangle. RIGHT_P non-zero means draw a relief on the right
2022 side of the rectangle. CLIP_RECT is the clipping rectangle to use
2026 x_draw_relief_rect (f
, left_x
, top_y
, right_x
, bottom_y
, width
,
2027 raised_p
, top_p
, bot_p
, left_p
, right_p
, clip_rect
)
2029 int left_x
, top_y
, right_x
, bottom_y
, width
;
2030 int top_p
, bot_p
, left_p
, right_p
, raised_p
;
2031 XRectangle
*clip_rect
;
2033 Display
*dpy
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
2034 Window window
= FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
);
2039 gc
= f
->output_data
.x
->white_relief
.gc
;
2041 gc
= f
->output_data
.x
->black_relief
.gc
;
2042 XSetClipRectangles (dpy
, gc
, 0, 0, clip_rect
, 1, Unsorted
);
2046 for (i
= 0; i
< width
; ++i
)
2047 XDrawLine (dpy
, window
, gc
,
2048 left_x
+ i
* left_p
, top_y
+ i
,
2049 right_x
+ 1 - i
* right_p
, top_y
+ i
);
2053 for (i
= 0; i
< width
; ++i
)
2054 XDrawLine (dpy
, window
, gc
,
2055 left_x
+ i
, top_y
+ i
, left_x
+ i
, bottom_y
- i
+ 1);
2057 XSetClipMask (dpy
, gc
, None
);
2059 gc
= f
->output_data
.x
->black_relief
.gc
;
2061 gc
= f
->output_data
.x
->white_relief
.gc
;
2062 XSetClipRectangles (dpy
, gc
, 0, 0, clip_rect
, 1, Unsorted
);
2066 for (i
= 0; i
< width
; ++i
)
2067 XDrawLine (dpy
, window
, gc
,
2068 left_x
+ i
* left_p
, bottom_y
- i
,
2069 right_x
+ 1 - i
* right_p
, bottom_y
- i
);
2073 for (i
= 0; i
< width
; ++i
)
2074 XDrawLine (dpy
, window
, gc
,
2075 right_x
- i
, top_y
+ i
+ 1, right_x
- i
, bottom_y
- i
);
2077 XSetClipMask (dpy
, gc
, None
);
2081 /* Draw a box on frame F inside the rectangle given by LEFT_X, TOP_Y,
2082 RIGHT_X, and BOTTOM_Y. WIDTH is the thickness of the lines to
2083 draw, it must be >= 0. LEFT_P non-zero means draw a line on the
2084 left side of the rectangle. RIGHT_P non-zero means draw a line
2085 on the right side of the rectangle. CLIP_RECT is the clipping
2086 rectangle to use when drawing. */
2089 x_draw_box_rect (s
, left_x
, top_y
, right_x
, bottom_y
, width
,
2090 left_p
, right_p
, clip_rect
)
2091 struct glyph_string
*s
;
2092 int left_x
, top_y
, right_x
, bottom_y
, width
, left_p
, right_p
;
2093 XRectangle
*clip_rect
;
2097 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, s
->gc
, GCForeground
, &xgcv
);
2098 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, s
->face
->box_color
);
2099 XSetClipRectangles (s
->display
, s
->gc
, 0, 0, clip_rect
, 1, Unsorted
);
2102 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2103 left_x
, top_y
, right_x
- left_x
+ 1, width
);
2107 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2108 left_x
, top_y
, width
, bottom_y
- top_y
+ 1);
2111 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2112 left_x
, bottom_y
- width
+ 1, right_x
- left_x
+ 1, width
);
2116 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2117 right_x
- width
+ 1, top_y
, width
, bottom_y
- top_y
+ 1);
2119 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.foreground
);
2120 XSetClipMask (s
->display
, s
->gc
, None
);
2124 /* Draw a box around glyph string S. */
2127 x_draw_glyph_string_box (s
)
2128 struct glyph_string
*s
;
2130 int width
, left_x
, right_x
, top_y
, bottom_y
, last_x
, raised_p
;
2131 int left_p
, right_p
;
2132 struct glyph
*last_glyph
;
2133 XRectangle clip_rect
;
2135 last_x
= ((s
->row
->full_width_p
&& !s
->w
->pseudo_window_p
)
2136 ? WINDOW_RIGHT_EDGE_X (s
->w
)
2137 : window_box_right (s
->w
, s
->area
));
2139 /* The glyph that may have a right box line. */
2140 last_glyph
= (s
->cmp
|| s
->img
2142 : s
->first_glyph
+ s
->nchars
- 1);
2144 width
= abs (s
->face
->box_line_width
);
2145 raised_p
= s
->face
->box
== FACE_RAISED_BOX
;
2147 right_x
= (s
->row
->full_width_p
&& s
->extends_to_end_of_line_p
2149 : min (last_x
, s
->x
+ s
->background_width
) - 1);
2151 bottom_y
= top_y
+ s
->height
- 1;
2153 left_p
= (s
->first_glyph
->left_box_line_p
2154 || (s
->hl
== DRAW_MOUSE_FACE
2156 || s
->prev
->hl
!= s
->hl
)));
2157 right_p
= (last_glyph
->right_box_line_p
2158 || (s
->hl
== DRAW_MOUSE_FACE
2160 || s
->next
->hl
!= s
->hl
)));
2162 get_glyph_string_clip_rect (s
, &clip_rect
);
2164 if (s
->face
->box
== FACE_SIMPLE_BOX
)
2165 x_draw_box_rect (s
, left_x
, top_y
, right_x
, bottom_y
, width
,
2166 left_p
, right_p
, &clip_rect
);
2169 x_setup_relief_colors (s
);
2170 x_draw_relief_rect (s
->f
, left_x
, top_y
, right_x
, bottom_y
,
2171 width
, raised_p
, 1, 1, left_p
, right_p
, &clip_rect
);
2176 /* Draw foreground of image glyph string S. */
2179 x_draw_image_foreground (s
)
2180 struct glyph_string
*s
;
2183 int y
= s
->ybase
- image_ascent (s
->img
, s
->face
, &s
->slice
);
2185 /* If first glyph of S has a left box line, start drawing it to the
2186 right of that line. */
2187 if (s
->face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
2188 && s
->first_glyph
->left_box_line_p
2190 x
+= abs (s
->face
->box_line_width
);
2192 /* If there is a margin around the image, adjust x- and y-position
2194 if (s
->slice
.x
== 0)
2195 x
+= s
->img
->hmargin
;
2196 if (s
->slice
.y
== 0)
2197 y
+= s
->img
->vmargin
;
2203 /* We can't set both a clip mask and use XSetClipRectangles
2204 because the latter also sets a clip mask. We also can't
2205 trust on the shape extension to be available
2206 (XShapeCombineRegion). So, compute the rectangle to draw
2208 unsigned long mask
= (GCClipMask
| GCClipXOrigin
| GCClipYOrigin
2211 XRectangle clip_rect
, image_rect
, r
;
2213 xgcv
.clip_mask
= s
->img
->mask
;
2214 xgcv
.clip_x_origin
= x
;
2215 xgcv
.clip_y_origin
= y
;
2216 xgcv
.function
= GXcopy
;
2217 XChangeGC (s
->display
, s
->gc
, mask
, &xgcv
);
2219 get_glyph_string_clip_rect (s
, &clip_rect
);
2222 image_rect
.width
= s
->slice
.width
;
2223 image_rect
.height
= s
->slice
.height
;
2224 if (x_intersect_rectangles (&clip_rect
, &image_rect
, &r
))
2225 XCopyArea (s
->display
, s
->img
->pixmap
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2226 s
->slice
.x
+ r
.x
- x
, s
->slice
.y
+ r
.y
- y
,
2227 r
.width
, r
.height
, r
.x
, r
.y
);
2231 XRectangle clip_rect
, image_rect
, r
;
2233 get_glyph_string_clip_rect (s
, &clip_rect
);
2236 image_rect
.width
= s
->slice
.width
;
2237 image_rect
.height
= s
->slice
.height
;
2238 if (x_intersect_rectangles (&clip_rect
, &image_rect
, &r
))
2239 XCopyArea (s
->display
, s
->img
->pixmap
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2240 s
->slice
.x
+ r
.x
- x
, s
->slice
.y
+ r
.y
- y
,
2241 r
.width
, r
.height
, r
.x
, r
.y
);
2243 /* When the image has a mask, we can expect that at
2244 least part of a mouse highlight or a block cursor will
2245 be visible. If the image doesn't have a mask, make
2246 a block cursor visible by drawing a rectangle around
2247 the image. I believe it's looking better if we do
2248 nothing here for mouse-face. */
2249 if (s
->hl
== DRAW_CURSOR
)
2251 int r
= s
->img
->relief
;
2253 XDrawRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2255 s
->slice
.width
+ r
*2 - 1,
2256 s
->slice
.height
+ r
*2 - 1);
2261 /* Draw a rectangle if image could not be loaded. */
2262 XDrawRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, x
, y
,
2263 s
->slice
.width
- 1, s
->slice
.height
- 1);
2267 /* Draw a relief around the image glyph string S. */
2270 x_draw_image_relief (s
)
2271 struct glyph_string
*s
;
2273 int x0
, y0
, x1
, y1
, thick
, raised_p
;
2276 int y
= s
->ybase
- image_ascent (s
->img
, s
->face
, &s
->slice
);
2278 /* If first glyph of S has a left box line, start drawing it to the
2279 right of that line. */
2280 if (s
->face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
2281 && s
->first_glyph
->left_box_line_p
2283 x
+= abs (s
->face
->box_line_width
);
2285 /* If there is a margin around the image, adjust x- and y-position
2287 if (s
->slice
.x
== 0)
2288 x
+= s
->img
->hmargin
;
2289 if (s
->slice
.y
== 0)
2290 y
+= s
->img
->vmargin
;
2292 if (s
->hl
== DRAW_IMAGE_SUNKEN
2293 || s
->hl
== DRAW_IMAGE_RAISED
)
2295 thick
= tool_bar_button_relief
>= 0 ? tool_bar_button_relief
: DEFAULT_TOOL_BAR_BUTTON_RELIEF
;
2296 raised_p
= s
->hl
== DRAW_IMAGE_RAISED
;
2300 thick
= abs (s
->img
->relief
);
2301 raised_p
= s
->img
->relief
> 0;
2306 x1
= x
+ s
->slice
.width
+ thick
- 1;
2307 y1
= y
+ s
->slice
.height
+ thick
- 1;
2309 x_setup_relief_colors (s
);
2310 get_glyph_string_clip_rect (s
, &r
);
2311 x_draw_relief_rect (s
->f
, x0
, y0
, x1
, y1
, thick
, raised_p
,
2313 s
->slice
.y
+ s
->slice
.height
== s
->img
->height
,
2315 s
->slice
.x
+ s
->slice
.width
== s
->img
->width
,
2320 /* Draw the foreground of image glyph string S to PIXMAP. */
2323 x_draw_image_foreground_1 (s
, pixmap
)
2324 struct glyph_string
*s
;
2328 int y
= s
->ybase
- s
->y
- image_ascent (s
->img
, s
->face
, &s
->slice
);
2330 /* If first glyph of S has a left box line, start drawing it to the
2331 right of that line. */
2332 if (s
->face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
2333 && s
->first_glyph
->left_box_line_p
2335 x
+= abs (s
->face
->box_line_width
);
2337 /* If there is a margin around the image, adjust x- and y-position
2339 if (s
->slice
.x
== 0)
2340 x
+= s
->img
->hmargin
;
2341 if (s
->slice
.y
== 0)
2342 y
+= s
->img
->vmargin
;
2348 /* We can't set both a clip mask and use XSetClipRectangles
2349 because the latter also sets a clip mask. We also can't
2350 trust on the shape extension to be available
2351 (XShapeCombineRegion). So, compute the rectangle to draw
2353 unsigned long mask
= (GCClipMask
| GCClipXOrigin
| GCClipYOrigin
2357 xgcv
.clip_mask
= s
->img
->mask
;
2358 xgcv
.clip_x_origin
= x
- s
->slice
.x
;
2359 xgcv
.clip_y_origin
= y
- s
->slice
.y
;
2360 xgcv
.function
= GXcopy
;
2361 XChangeGC (s
->display
, s
->gc
, mask
, &xgcv
);
2363 XCopyArea (s
->display
, s
->img
->pixmap
, pixmap
, s
->gc
,
2364 s
->slice
.x
, s
->slice
.y
,
2365 s
->slice
.width
, s
->slice
.height
, x
, y
);
2366 XSetClipMask (s
->display
, s
->gc
, None
);
2370 XCopyArea (s
->display
, s
->img
->pixmap
, pixmap
, s
->gc
,
2371 s
->slice
.x
, s
->slice
.y
,
2372 s
->slice
.width
, s
->slice
.height
, x
, y
);
2374 /* When the image has a mask, we can expect that at
2375 least part of a mouse highlight or a block cursor will
2376 be visible. If the image doesn't have a mask, make
2377 a block cursor visible by drawing a rectangle around
2378 the image. I believe it's looking better if we do
2379 nothing here for mouse-face. */
2380 if (s
->hl
== DRAW_CURSOR
)
2382 int r
= s
->img
->relief
;
2384 XDrawRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, x
- r
, y
- r
,
2385 s
->slice
.width
+ r
*2 - 1,
2386 s
->slice
.height
+ r
*2 - 1);
2391 /* Draw a rectangle if image could not be loaded. */
2392 XDrawRectangle (s
->display
, pixmap
, s
->gc
, x
, y
,
2393 s
->slice
.width
- 1, s
->slice
.height
- 1);
2397 /* Draw part of the background of glyph string S. X, Y, W, and H
2398 give the rectangle to draw. */
2401 x_draw_glyph_string_bg_rect (s
, x
, y
, w
, h
)
2402 struct glyph_string
*s
;
2407 /* Fill background with a stipple pattern. */
2408 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, s
->gc
, FillOpaqueStippled
);
2409 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, x
, y
, w
, h
);
2410 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, s
->gc
, FillSolid
);
2413 x_clear_glyph_string_rect (s
, x
, y
, w
, h
);
2417 /* Draw image glyph string S.
2420 s->x +-------------------------
2423 | +-------------------------
2426 | | +-------------------
2432 x_draw_image_glyph_string (s
)
2433 struct glyph_string
*s
;
2435 int box_line_hwidth
= abs (s
->face
->box_line_width
);
2436 int box_line_vwidth
= max (s
->face
->box_line_width
, 0);
2438 Pixmap pixmap
= None
;
2441 if (s
->slice
.y
== 0)
2442 height
-= box_line_vwidth
;
2443 if (s
->slice
.y
+ s
->slice
.height
>= s
->img
->height
)
2444 height
-= box_line_vwidth
;
2446 /* Fill background with face under the image. Do it only if row is
2447 taller than image or if image has a clip mask to reduce
2449 s
->stippled_p
= s
->face
->stipple
!= 0;
2450 if (height
> s
->slice
.height
2454 || s
->img
->pixmap
== 0
2455 || s
->width
!= s
->background_width
)
2459 /* Create a pixmap as large as the glyph string. Fill it
2460 with the background color. Copy the image to it, using
2461 its mask. Copy the temporary pixmap to the display. */
2462 Screen
*screen
= FRAME_X_SCREEN (s
->f
);
2463 int depth
= DefaultDepthOfScreen (screen
);
2465 /* Create a pixmap as large as the glyph string. */
2466 pixmap
= XCreatePixmap (s
->display
, s
->window
,
2467 s
->background_width
,
2470 /* Don't clip in the following because we're working on the
2472 XSetClipMask (s
->display
, s
->gc
, None
);
2474 /* Fill the pixmap with the background color/stipple. */
2477 /* Fill background with a stipple pattern. */
2478 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, s
->gc
, FillOpaqueStippled
);
2479 XSetTSOrigin (s
->display
, s
->gc
, - s
->x
, - s
->y
);
2480 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, pixmap
, s
->gc
,
2481 0, 0, s
->background_width
, s
->height
);
2482 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, s
->gc
, FillSolid
);
2483 XSetTSOrigin (s
->display
, s
->gc
, 0, 0);
2488 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, s
->gc
, GCForeground
| GCBackground
,
2490 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.background
);
2491 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, pixmap
, s
->gc
,
2492 0, 0, s
->background_width
, s
->height
);
2493 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.foreground
);
2501 if (s
->first_glyph
->left_box_line_p
2503 x
+= box_line_hwidth
;
2505 if (s
->slice
.y
== 0)
2506 y
+= box_line_vwidth
;
2508 x_draw_glyph_string_bg_rect (s
, x
, y
, s
->background_width
, height
);
2511 s
->background_filled_p
= 1;
2514 /* Draw the foreground. */
2517 x_draw_image_foreground_1 (s
, pixmap
);
2518 x_set_glyph_string_clipping (s
);
2519 XCopyArea (s
->display
, pixmap
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2520 0, 0, s
->background_width
, s
->height
, s
->x
, s
->y
);
2521 XFreePixmap (s
->display
, pixmap
);
2524 x_draw_image_foreground (s
);
2526 /* If we must draw a relief around the image, do it. */
2528 || s
->hl
== DRAW_IMAGE_RAISED
2529 || s
->hl
== DRAW_IMAGE_SUNKEN
)
2530 x_draw_image_relief (s
);
2534 /* Draw stretch glyph string S. */
2537 x_draw_stretch_glyph_string (s
)
2538 struct glyph_string
*s
;
2540 xassert (s
->first_glyph
->type
== STRETCH_GLYPH
);
2541 s
->stippled_p
= s
->face
->stipple
!= 0;
2543 if (s
->hl
== DRAW_CURSOR
2544 && !x_stretch_cursor_p
)
2546 /* If `x-stretch-block-cursor' is nil, don't draw a block cursor
2547 as wide as the stretch glyph. */
2548 int width
, background_width
= s
->background_width
;
2549 int x
= s
->x
, left_x
= window_box_left_offset (s
->w
, TEXT_AREA
);
2553 background_width
-= left_x
- x
;
2556 width
= min (FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (s
->f
), background_width
);
2559 x_draw_glyph_string_bg_rect (s
, x
, s
->y
, width
, s
->height
);
2561 /* Clear rest using the GC of the original non-cursor face. */
2562 if (width
< background_width
)
2565 int w
= background_width
- width
, h
= s
->height
;
2570 if (s
->row
->mouse_face_p
2571 && cursor_in_mouse_face_p (s
->w
))
2573 x_set_mouse_face_gc (s
);
2579 get_glyph_string_clip_rect (s
, &r
);
2580 XSetClipRectangles (s
->display
, gc
, 0, 0, &r
, 1, Unsorted
);
2582 if (s
->face
->stipple
)
2584 /* Fill background with a stipple pattern. */
2585 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, gc
, FillOpaqueStippled
);
2586 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, gc
, x
, y
, w
, h
);
2587 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, gc
, FillSolid
);
2592 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, gc
, GCForeground
| GCBackground
, &xgcv
);
2593 XSetForeground (s
->display
, gc
, xgcv
.background
);
2594 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, gc
, x
, y
, w
, h
);
2595 XSetForeground (s
->display
, gc
, xgcv
.foreground
);
2599 else if (!s
->background_filled_p
)
2601 int background_width
= s
->background_width
;
2602 int x
= s
->x
, left_x
= window_box_left_offset (s
->w
, TEXT_AREA
);
2604 /* Don't draw into left margin, fringe or scrollbar area
2605 except for header line and mode line. */
2606 if (x
< left_x
&& !s
->row
->mode_line_p
)
2608 background_width
-= left_x
- x
;
2611 if (background_width
> 0)
2612 x_draw_glyph_string_bg_rect (s
, x
, s
->y
, background_width
, s
->height
);
2615 s
->background_filled_p
= 1;
2619 /* Draw glyph string S. */
2622 x_draw_glyph_string (s
)
2623 struct glyph_string
*s
;
2625 int relief_drawn_p
= 0;
2627 /* If S draws into the background of its successor, draw the
2628 background of the successor first so that S can draw into it.
2629 This makes S->next use XDrawString instead of XDrawImageString. */
2630 if (s
->next
&& s
->right_overhang
&& !s
->for_overlaps
)
2632 xassert (s
->next
->img
== NULL
);
2633 x_set_glyph_string_gc (s
->next
);
2634 x_set_glyph_string_clipping (s
->next
);
2635 x_draw_glyph_string_background (s
->next
, 1);
2638 /* Set up S->gc, set clipping and draw S. */
2639 x_set_glyph_string_gc (s
);
2641 /* Draw relief (if any) in advance for char/composition so that the
2642 glyph string can be drawn over it. */
2643 if (!s
->for_overlaps
2644 && s
->face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
2645 && (s
->first_glyph
->type
== CHAR_GLYPH
2646 || s
->first_glyph
->type
== COMPOSITE_GLYPH
))
2649 x_set_glyph_string_clipping (s
);
2650 x_draw_glyph_string_background (s
, 1);
2651 x_draw_glyph_string_box (s
);
2652 x_set_glyph_string_clipping (s
);
2656 x_set_glyph_string_clipping (s
);
2658 switch (s
->first_glyph
->type
)
2661 x_draw_image_glyph_string (s
);
2665 x_draw_stretch_glyph_string (s
);
2669 if (s
->for_overlaps
)
2670 s
->background_filled_p
= 1;
2672 x_draw_glyph_string_background (s
, 0);
2673 x_draw_glyph_string_foreground (s
);
2676 case COMPOSITE_GLYPH
:
2677 if (s
->for_overlaps
|| s
->gidx
> 0)
2678 s
->background_filled_p
= 1;
2680 x_draw_glyph_string_background (s
, 1);
2681 x_draw_composite_glyph_string_foreground (s
);
2688 if (!s
->for_overlaps
)
2690 /* Draw underline. */
2691 if (s
->face
->underline_p
)
2693 unsigned long tem
, h
;
2696 /* Get the underline thickness. Default is 1 pixel. */
2697 if (!XGetFontProperty (s
->font
, XA_UNDERLINE_THICKNESS
, &h
))
2700 y
= s
->y
+ s
->height
- h
;
2701 if (!x_underline_at_descent_line
)
2703 /* Get the underline position. This is the recommended
2704 vertical offset in pixels from the baseline to the top of
2705 the underline. This is a signed value according to the
2706 specs, and its default is
2708 ROUND ((maximum descent) / 2), with
2709 ROUND(x) = floor (x + 0.5) */
2711 if (x_use_underline_position_properties
2712 && XGetFontProperty (s
->font
, XA_UNDERLINE_POSITION
, &tem
))
2713 y
= s
->ybase
+ (long) tem
;
2714 else if (s
->face
->font
)
2715 y
= s
->ybase
+ (s
->face
->font
->max_bounds
.descent
+ 1) / 2;
2718 if (s
->face
->underline_defaulted_p
)
2719 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2720 s
->x
, y
, s
->background_width
, h
);
2724 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, s
->gc
, GCForeground
, &xgcv
);
2725 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, s
->face
->underline_color
);
2726 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2727 s
->x
, y
, s
->background_width
, h
);
2728 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.foreground
);
2732 /* Draw overline. */
2733 if (s
->face
->overline_p
)
2735 unsigned long dy
= 0, h
= 1;
2737 if (s
->face
->overline_color_defaulted_p
)
2738 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, s
->x
, s
->y
+ dy
,
2739 s
->background_width
, h
);
2743 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, s
->gc
, GCForeground
, &xgcv
);
2744 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, s
->face
->overline_color
);
2745 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, s
->x
, s
->y
+ dy
,
2746 s
->background_width
, h
);
2747 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.foreground
);
2751 /* Draw strike-through. */
2752 if (s
->face
->strike_through_p
)
2754 unsigned long h
= 1;
2755 unsigned long dy
= (s
->height
- h
) / 2;
2757 if (s
->face
->strike_through_color_defaulted_p
)
2758 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, s
->x
, s
->y
+ dy
,
2763 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, s
->gc
, GCForeground
, &xgcv
);
2764 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, s
->face
->strike_through_color
);
2765 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, s
->x
, s
->y
+ dy
,
2767 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.foreground
);
2771 /* Draw relief if not yet drawn. */
2772 if (!relief_drawn_p
&& s
->face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
)
2773 x_draw_glyph_string_box (s
);
2776 /* Reset clipping. */
2777 XSetClipMask (s
->display
, s
->gc
, None
);
2780 /* Shift display to make room for inserted glyphs. */
2783 x_shift_glyphs_for_insert (f
, x
, y
, width
, height
, shift_by
)
2785 int x
, y
, width
, height
, shift_by
;
2787 XCopyArea (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
2788 f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
,
2789 x
, y
, width
, height
,
2793 /* Delete N glyphs at the nominal cursor position. Not implemented
2804 /* Like XClearArea, but check that WIDTH and HEIGHT are reasonable.
2805 If they are <= 0, this is probably an error. */
2808 x_clear_area (dpy
, window
, x
, y
, width
, height
, exposures
)
2815 xassert (width
> 0 && height
> 0);
2816 XClearArea (dpy
, window
, x
, y
, width
, height
, exposures
);
2820 /* Clear entire frame. If updating_frame is non-null, clear that
2821 frame. Otherwise clear the selected frame. */
2831 f
= SELECTED_FRAME ();
2833 /* Clearing the frame will erase any cursor, so mark them all as no
2835 mark_window_cursors_off (XWINDOW (FRAME_ROOT_WINDOW (f
)));
2836 output_cursor
.hpos
= output_cursor
.vpos
= 0;
2837 output_cursor
.x
= -1;
2839 /* We don't set the output cursor here because there will always
2840 follow an explicit cursor_to. */
2842 XClearWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
));
2844 /* We have to clear the scroll bars, too. If we have changed
2845 colors or something like that, then they should be notified. */
2846 x_scroll_bar_clear (f
);
2848 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
2855 /* Invert the middle quarter of the frame for .15 sec. */
2857 /* We use the select system call to do the waiting, so we have to make
2858 sure it's available. If it isn't, we just won't do visual bells. */
2860 #if defined (HAVE_TIMEVAL) && defined (HAVE_SELECT)
2863 /* Subtract the `struct timeval' values X and Y, storing the result in
2864 *RESULT. Return 1 if the difference is negative, otherwise 0. */
2867 timeval_subtract (result
, x
, y
)
2868 struct timeval
*result
, x
, y
;
2870 /* Perform the carry for the later subtraction by updating y. This
2871 is safer because on some systems the tv_sec member is unsigned. */
2872 if (x
.tv_usec
< y
.tv_usec
)
2874 int nsec
= (y
.tv_usec
- x
.tv_usec
) / 1000000 + 1;
2875 y
.tv_usec
-= 1000000 * nsec
;
2879 if (x
.tv_usec
- y
.tv_usec
> 1000000)
2881 int nsec
= (y
.tv_usec
- x
.tv_usec
) / 1000000;
2882 y
.tv_usec
+= 1000000 * nsec
;
2886 /* Compute the time remaining to wait. tv_usec is certainly
2888 result
->tv_sec
= x
.tv_sec
- y
.tv_sec
;
2889 result
->tv_usec
= x
.tv_usec
- y
.tv_usec
;
2891 /* Return indication of whether the result should be considered
2893 return x
.tv_sec
< y
.tv_sec
;
2905 /* Create a GC that will use the GXxor function to flip foreground
2906 pixels into background pixels. */
2910 values
.function
= GXxor
;
2911 values
.foreground
= (f
->output_data
.x
->foreground_pixel
2912 ^ f
->output_data
.x
->background_pixel
);
2914 gc
= XCreateGC (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
2915 GCFunction
| GCForeground
, &values
);
2919 /* Get the height not including a menu bar widget. */
2920 int height
= FRAME_TEXT_LINES_TO_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
, FRAME_LINES (f
));
2921 /* Height of each line to flash. */
2922 int flash_height
= FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
);
2923 /* These will be the left and right margins of the rectangles. */
2924 int flash_left
= FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
);
2925 int flash_right
= FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
) - FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
);
2929 /* Don't flash the area between a scroll bar and the frame
2930 edge it is next to. */
2931 switch (FRAME_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TYPE (f
))
2933 case vertical_scroll_bar_left
:
2934 flash_left
+= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
;
2937 case vertical_scroll_bar_right
:
2938 flash_right
-= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
;
2945 width
= flash_right
- flash_left
;
2947 /* If window is tall, flash top and bottom line. */
2948 if (height
> 3 * FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
))
2950 XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), gc
,
2952 (FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
)
2953 + FRAME_TOOL_BAR_LINES (f
) * FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
)),
2954 width
, flash_height
);
2955 XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), gc
,
2957 (height
- flash_height
2958 - FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
)),
2959 width
, flash_height
);
2962 /* If it is short, flash it all. */
2963 XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), gc
,
2964 flash_left
, FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
),
2965 width
, height
- 2 * FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
));
2970 struct timeval wakeup
;
2972 EMACS_GET_TIME (wakeup
);
2974 /* Compute time to wait until, propagating carry from usecs. */
2975 wakeup
.tv_usec
+= 150000;
2976 wakeup
.tv_sec
+= (wakeup
.tv_usec
/ 1000000);
2977 wakeup
.tv_usec
%= 1000000;
2979 /* Keep waiting until past the time wakeup or any input gets
2981 while (! detect_input_pending ())
2983 struct timeval current
;
2984 struct timeval timeout
;
2986 EMACS_GET_TIME (current
);
2988 /* Break if result would be negative. */
2989 if (timeval_subtract (¤t
, wakeup
, current
))
2992 /* How long `select' should wait. */
2994 timeout
.tv_usec
= 10000;
2996 /* Try to wait that long--but we might wake up sooner. */
2997 select (0, NULL
, NULL
, NULL
, &timeout
);
3001 /* If window is tall, flash top and bottom line. */
3002 if (height
> 3 * FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
))
3004 XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), gc
,
3006 (FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
)
3007 + FRAME_TOOL_BAR_LINES (f
) * FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
)),
3008 width
, flash_height
);
3009 XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), gc
,
3011 (height
- flash_height
3012 - FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
)),
3013 width
, flash_height
);
3016 /* If it is short, flash it all. */
3017 XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), gc
,
3018 flash_left
, FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
),
3019 width
, height
- 2 * FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
));
3021 XFreeGC (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), gc
);
3029 #endif /* defined (HAVE_TIMEVAL) && defined (HAVE_SELECT) */
3032 /* Make audible bell. */
3037 struct frame
*f
= SELECTED_FRAME ();
3039 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
))
3041 #if defined (HAVE_TIMEVAL) && defined (HAVE_SELECT)
3048 XBell (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), 0);
3049 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
3056 /* Specify how many text lines, from the top of the window,
3057 should be affected by insert-lines and delete-lines operations.
3058 This, and those operations, are used only within an update
3059 that is bounded by calls to x_update_begin and x_update_end. */
3062 XTset_terminal_window (n
)
3065 /* This function intentionally left blank. */
3070 /***********************************************************************
3072 ***********************************************************************/
3074 /* Perform an insert-lines or delete-lines operation, inserting N
3075 lines or deleting -N lines at vertical position VPOS. */
3078 x_ins_del_lines (vpos
, n
)
3085 /* Scroll part of the display as described by RUN. */
3088 x_scroll_run (w
, run
)
3092 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
);
3093 int x
, y
, width
, height
, from_y
, to_y
, bottom_y
;
3095 /* Get frame-relative bounding box of the text display area of W,
3096 without mode lines. Include in this box the left and right
3098 window_box (w
, -1, &x
, &y
, &width
, &height
);
3100 from_y
= WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, run
->current_y
);
3101 to_y
= WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, run
->desired_y
);
3102 bottom_y
= y
+ height
;
3106 /* Scrolling up. Make sure we don't copy part of the mode
3107 line at the bottom. */
3108 if (from_y
+ run
->height
> bottom_y
)
3109 height
= bottom_y
- from_y
;
3111 height
= run
->height
;
3115 /* Scolling down. Make sure we don't copy over the mode line.
3117 if (to_y
+ run
->height
> bottom_y
)
3118 height
= bottom_y
- to_y
;
3120 height
= run
->height
;
3125 /* Cursor off. Will be switched on again in x_update_window_end. */
3129 XCopyArea (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
3130 FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
3131 f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
,
3141 /***********************************************************************
3143 ***********************************************************************/
3150 /* We used to only do this if Vx_no_window_manager was non-nil, but
3151 the ICCCM (section 4.1.6) says that the window's border pixmap
3152 and border pixel are window attributes which are "private to the
3153 client", so we can always change it to whatever we want. */
3155 XSetWindowBorder (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
3156 f
->output_data
.x
->border_pixel
);
3158 x_update_cursor (f
, 1);
3162 frame_unhighlight (f
)
3165 /* We used to only do this if Vx_no_window_manager was non-nil, but
3166 the ICCCM (section 4.1.6) says that the window's border pixmap
3167 and border pixel are window attributes which are "private to the
3168 client", so we can always change it to whatever we want. */
3170 XSetWindowBorderPixmap (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
3171 f
->output_data
.x
->border_tile
);
3173 x_update_cursor (f
, 1);
3176 /* The focus has changed. Update the frames as necessary to reflect
3177 the new situation. Note that we can't change the selected frame
3178 here, because the Lisp code we are interrupting might become confused.
3179 Each event gets marked with the frame in which it occurred, so the
3180 Lisp code can tell when the switch took place by examining the events. */
3183 x_new_focus_frame (dpyinfo
, frame
)
3184 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
3185 struct frame
*frame
;
3187 struct frame
*old_focus
= dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
;
3189 if (frame
!= dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
)
3191 /* Set this before calling other routines, so that they see
3192 the correct value of x_focus_frame. */
3193 dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
= frame
;
3195 if (old_focus
&& old_focus
->auto_lower
)
3196 x_lower_frame (old_focus
);
3199 selected_frame
= frame
;
3200 XSETFRAME (XWINDOW (selected_frame
->selected_window
)->frame
,
3202 Fselect_window (selected_frame
->selected_window
, Qnil
);
3203 choose_minibuf_frame ();
3206 if (dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
&& dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
->auto_raise
)
3207 pending_autoraise_frame
= dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
;
3209 pending_autoraise_frame
= 0;
3212 x_frame_rehighlight (dpyinfo
);
3215 /* Handle FocusIn and FocusOut state changes for FRAME.
3216 If FRAME has focus and there exists more than one frame, puts
3217 a FOCUS_IN_EVENT into *BUFP. */
3220 x_focus_changed (type
, state
, dpyinfo
, frame
, bufp
)
3223 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
3224 struct frame
*frame
;
3225 struct input_event
*bufp
;
3227 if (type
== FocusIn
)
3229 if (dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
!= frame
)
3231 x_new_focus_frame (dpyinfo
, frame
);
3232 dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
= frame
;
3234 /* Don't stop displaying the initial startup message
3235 for a switch-frame event we don't need. */
3236 if (GC_NILP (Vterminal_frame
)
3237 && GC_CONSP (Vframe_list
)
3238 && !GC_NILP (XCDR (Vframe_list
)))
3240 bufp
->kind
= FOCUS_IN_EVENT
;
3241 XSETFRAME (bufp
->frame_or_window
, frame
);
3245 frame
->output_data
.x
->focus_state
|= state
;
3248 if (FRAME_XIC (frame
))
3249 XSetICFocus (FRAME_XIC (frame
));
3252 else if (type
== FocusOut
)
3254 frame
->output_data
.x
->focus_state
&= ~state
;
3256 if (dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
== frame
)
3258 dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
= 0;
3259 x_new_focus_frame (dpyinfo
, 0);
3263 if (FRAME_XIC (frame
))
3264 XUnsetICFocus (FRAME_XIC (frame
));
3269 /* The focus may have changed. Figure out if it is a real focus change,
3270 by checking both FocusIn/Out and Enter/LeaveNotify events.
3272 Returns FOCUS_IN_EVENT event in *BUFP. */
3275 x_detect_focus_change (dpyinfo
, event
, bufp
)
3276 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
3278 struct input_event
*bufp
;
3280 struct frame
*frame
;
3282 frame
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
->xany
.window
);
3286 switch (event
->type
)
3291 struct frame
*focus_frame
= dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
;
3293 = focus_frame
? focus_frame
->output_data
.x
->focus_state
: 0;
3295 if (event
->xcrossing
.detail
!= NotifyInferior
3296 && event
->xcrossing
.focus
3297 && ! (focus_state
& FOCUS_EXPLICIT
))
3298 x_focus_changed ((event
->type
== EnterNotify
? FocusIn
: FocusOut
),
3300 dpyinfo
, frame
, bufp
);
3306 x_focus_changed (event
->type
,
3307 (event
->xfocus
.detail
== NotifyPointer
?
3308 FOCUS_IMPLICIT
: FOCUS_EXPLICIT
),
3309 dpyinfo
, frame
, bufp
);
3315 /* Handle an event saying the mouse has moved out of an Emacs frame. */
3318 x_mouse_leave (dpyinfo
)
3319 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
3321 x_new_focus_frame (dpyinfo
, dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
);
3324 /* The focus has changed, or we have redirected a frame's focus to
3325 another frame (this happens when a frame uses a surrogate
3326 mini-buffer frame). Shift the highlight as appropriate.
3328 The FRAME argument doesn't necessarily have anything to do with which
3329 frame is being highlighted or un-highlighted; we only use it to find
3330 the appropriate X display info. */
3333 XTframe_rehighlight (frame
)
3334 struct frame
*frame
;
3336 x_frame_rehighlight (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (frame
));
3340 x_frame_rehighlight (dpyinfo
)
3341 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
3343 struct frame
*old_highlight
= dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
;
3345 if (dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
)
3347 dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
3348 = ((GC_FRAMEP (FRAME_FOCUS_FRAME (dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
)))
3349 ? XFRAME (FRAME_FOCUS_FRAME (dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
))
3350 : dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
);
3351 if (! FRAME_LIVE_P (dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
))
3353 FRAME_FOCUS_FRAME (dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
) = Qnil
;
3354 dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
= dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
;
3358 dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
= 0;
3360 if (dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
!= old_highlight
)
3363 frame_unhighlight (old_highlight
);
3364 if (dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
)
3365 frame_highlight (dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
);
3371 /* Keyboard processing - modifier keys, vendor-specific keysyms, etc. */
3373 /* Initialize mode_switch_bit and modifier_meaning. */
3375 x_find_modifier_meanings (dpyinfo
)
3376 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
3378 int min_code
, max_code
;
3381 XModifierKeymap
*mods
;
3383 dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
= 0;
3384 dpyinfo
->shift_lock_mask
= 0;
3385 dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
= 0;
3386 dpyinfo
->super_mod_mask
= 0;
3387 dpyinfo
->hyper_mod_mask
= 0;
3390 XDisplayKeycodes (dpyinfo
->display
, &min_code
, &max_code
);
3392 min_code
= dpyinfo
->display
->min_keycode
;
3393 max_code
= dpyinfo
->display
->max_keycode
;
3396 syms
= XGetKeyboardMapping (dpyinfo
->display
,
3397 min_code
, max_code
- min_code
+ 1,
3399 mods
= XGetModifierMapping (dpyinfo
->display
);
3401 /* Scan the modifier table to see which modifier bits the Meta and
3402 Alt keysyms are on. */
3404 int row
, col
; /* The row and column in the modifier table. */
3405 int found_alt_or_meta
;
3407 for (row
= 3; row
< 8; row
++)
3409 found_alt_or_meta
= 0;
3410 for (col
= 0; col
< mods
->max_keypermod
; col
++)
3412 KeyCode code
= mods
->modifiermap
[(row
* mods
->max_keypermod
) + col
];
3414 /* Zeroes are used for filler. Skip them. */
3418 /* Are any of this keycode's keysyms a meta key? */
3422 for (code_col
= 0; code_col
< syms_per_code
; code_col
++)
3424 int sym
= syms
[((code
- min_code
) * syms_per_code
) + code_col
];
3430 found_alt_or_meta
= 1;
3431 dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
|= (1 << row
);
3436 found_alt_or_meta
= 1;
3437 dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
|= (1 << row
);
3442 if (!found_alt_or_meta
)
3443 dpyinfo
->hyper_mod_mask
|= (1 << row
);
3444 code_col
= syms_per_code
;
3445 col
= mods
->max_keypermod
;
3450 if (!found_alt_or_meta
)
3451 dpyinfo
->super_mod_mask
|= (1 << row
);
3452 code_col
= syms_per_code
;
3453 col
= mods
->max_keypermod
;
3457 /* Ignore this if it's not on the lock modifier. */
3458 if (!found_alt_or_meta
&& ((1 << row
) == LockMask
))
3459 dpyinfo
->shift_lock_mask
= LockMask
;
3460 code_col
= syms_per_code
;
3461 col
= mods
->max_keypermod
;
3470 /* If we couldn't find any meta keys, accept any alt keys as meta keys. */
3471 if (! dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
)
3473 dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
= dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
;
3474 dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
= 0;
3477 /* If some keys are both alt and meta,
3478 make them just meta, not alt. */
3479 if (dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
& dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
)
3481 dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
&= ~dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
;
3484 XFree ((char *) syms
);
3485 XFreeModifiermap (mods
);
3488 /* Convert between the modifier bits X uses and the modifier bits
3492 x_x_to_emacs_modifiers (dpyinfo
, state
)
3493 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
3496 EMACS_UINT mod_meta
= meta_modifier
;
3497 EMACS_UINT mod_alt
= alt_modifier
;
3498 EMACS_UINT mod_hyper
= hyper_modifier
;
3499 EMACS_UINT mod_super
= super_modifier
;
3502 tem
= Fget (Vx_alt_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
3503 if (! EQ (tem
, Qnil
)) mod_alt
= XUINT (tem
);
3504 tem
= Fget (Vx_meta_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
3505 if (! EQ (tem
, Qnil
)) mod_meta
= XUINT (tem
);
3506 tem
= Fget (Vx_hyper_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
3507 if (! EQ (tem
, Qnil
)) mod_hyper
= XUINT (tem
);
3508 tem
= Fget (Vx_super_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
3509 if (! EQ (tem
, Qnil
)) mod_super
= XUINT (tem
);
3512 return ( ((state
& (ShiftMask
| dpyinfo
->shift_lock_mask
)) ? shift_modifier
: 0)
3513 | ((state
& ControlMask
) ? ctrl_modifier
: 0)
3514 | ((state
& dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
) ? mod_meta
: 0)
3515 | ((state
& dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
) ? mod_alt
: 0)
3516 | ((state
& dpyinfo
->super_mod_mask
) ? mod_super
: 0)
3517 | ((state
& dpyinfo
->hyper_mod_mask
) ? mod_hyper
: 0));
3521 x_emacs_to_x_modifiers (dpyinfo
, state
)
3522 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
3525 EMACS_UINT mod_meta
= meta_modifier
;
3526 EMACS_UINT mod_alt
= alt_modifier
;
3527 EMACS_UINT mod_hyper
= hyper_modifier
;
3528 EMACS_UINT mod_super
= super_modifier
;
3532 tem
= Fget (Vx_alt_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
3533 if (! EQ (tem
, Qnil
)) mod_alt
= XUINT (tem
);
3534 tem
= Fget (Vx_meta_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
3535 if (! EQ (tem
, Qnil
)) mod_meta
= XUINT (tem
);
3536 tem
= Fget (Vx_hyper_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
3537 if (! EQ (tem
, Qnil
)) mod_hyper
= XUINT (tem
);
3538 tem
= Fget (Vx_super_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
3539 if (! EQ (tem
, Qnil
)) mod_super
= XUINT (tem
);
3542 return ( ((state
& mod_alt
) ? dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
: 0)
3543 | ((state
& mod_super
) ? dpyinfo
->super_mod_mask
: 0)
3544 | ((state
& mod_hyper
) ? dpyinfo
->hyper_mod_mask
: 0)
3545 | ((state
& shift_modifier
) ? ShiftMask
: 0)
3546 | ((state
& ctrl_modifier
) ? ControlMask
: 0)
3547 | ((state
& mod_meta
) ? dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
: 0));
3550 /* Convert a keysym to its name. */
3553 x_get_keysym_name (keysym
)
3559 value
= XKeysymToString (keysym
);
3567 /* Mouse clicks and mouse movement. Rah. */
3569 /* Prepare a mouse-event in *RESULT for placement in the input queue.
3571 If the event is a button press, then note that we have grabbed
3575 construct_mouse_click (result
, event
, f
)
3576 struct input_event
*result
;
3577 XButtonEvent
*event
;
3580 /* Make the event type NO_EVENT; we'll change that when we decide
3582 result
->kind
= MOUSE_CLICK_EVENT
;
3583 result
->code
= event
->button
- Button1
;
3584 result
->timestamp
= event
->time
;
3585 result
->modifiers
= (x_x_to_emacs_modifiers (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
),
3587 | (event
->type
== ButtonRelease
3591 XSETINT (result
->x
, event
->x
);
3592 XSETINT (result
->y
, event
->y
);
3593 XSETFRAME (result
->frame_or_window
, f
);
3599 /* Function to report a mouse movement to the mainstream Emacs code.
3600 The input handler calls this.
3602 We have received a mouse movement event, which is given in *event.
3603 If the mouse is over a different glyph than it was last time, tell
3604 the mainstream emacs code by setting mouse_moved. If not, ask for
3605 another motion event, so we can check again the next time it moves. */
3607 static XMotionEvent last_mouse_motion_event
;
3608 static Lisp_Object last_mouse_motion_frame
;
3611 note_mouse_movement (frame
, event
)
3613 XMotionEvent
*event
;
3615 last_mouse_movement_time
= event
->time
;
3616 last_mouse_motion_event
= *event
;
3617 XSETFRAME (last_mouse_motion_frame
, frame
);
3619 if (!FRAME_X_OUTPUT (frame
))
3622 if (event
->window
!= FRAME_X_WINDOW (frame
))
3624 frame
->mouse_moved
= 1;
3625 last_mouse_scroll_bar
= Qnil
;
3626 note_mouse_highlight (frame
, -1, -1);
3627 last_mouse_glyph_frame
= 0;
3632 /* Has the mouse moved off the glyph it was on at the last sighting? */
3633 if (frame
!= last_mouse_glyph_frame
3634 || event
->x
< last_mouse_glyph
.x
3635 || event
->x
>= last_mouse_glyph
.x
+ last_mouse_glyph
.width
3636 || event
->y
< last_mouse_glyph
.y
3637 || event
->y
>= last_mouse_glyph
.y
+ last_mouse_glyph
.height
)
3639 frame
->mouse_moved
= 1;
3640 last_mouse_scroll_bar
= Qnil
;
3641 note_mouse_highlight (frame
, event
->x
, event
->y
);
3642 /* Remember which glyph we're now on. */
3643 remember_mouse_glyph (frame
, event
->x
, event
->y
, &last_mouse_glyph
);
3644 last_mouse_glyph_frame
= frame
;
3652 /************************************************************************
3654 ************************************************************************/
3657 redo_mouse_highlight ()
3659 if (!NILP (last_mouse_motion_frame
)
3660 && FRAME_LIVE_P (XFRAME (last_mouse_motion_frame
)))
3661 note_mouse_highlight (XFRAME (last_mouse_motion_frame
),
3662 last_mouse_motion_event
.x
,
3663 last_mouse_motion_event
.y
);
3668 /* Return the current position of the mouse.
3669 *FP should be a frame which indicates which display to ask about.
3671 If the mouse movement started in a scroll bar, set *FP, *BAR_WINDOW,
3672 and *PART to the frame, window, and scroll bar part that the mouse
3673 is over. Set *X and *Y to the portion and whole of the mouse's
3674 position on the scroll bar.
3676 If the mouse movement started elsewhere, set *FP to the frame the
3677 mouse is on, *BAR_WINDOW to nil, and *X and *Y to the character cell
3680 Set *TIME to the server time-stamp for the time at which the mouse
3681 was at this position.
3683 Don't store anything if we don't have a valid set of values to report.
3685 This clears the mouse_moved flag, so we can wait for the next mouse
3689 XTmouse_position (fp
, insist
, bar_window
, part
, x
, y
, time
)
3692 Lisp_Object
*bar_window
;
3693 enum scroll_bar_part
*part
;
3695 unsigned long *time
;
3701 if (! NILP (last_mouse_scroll_bar
) && insist
== 0)
3702 x_scroll_bar_report_motion (fp
, bar_window
, part
, x
, y
, time
);
3708 Window dummy_window
;
3711 Lisp_Object frame
, tail
;
3713 /* Clear the mouse-moved flag for every frame on this display. */
3714 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail
, frame
)
3715 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (XFRAME (frame
)) == FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
))
3716 XFRAME (frame
)->mouse_moved
= 0;
3718 last_mouse_scroll_bar
= Qnil
;
3720 /* Figure out which root window we're on. */
3721 XQueryPointer (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
),
3722 DefaultRootWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
)),
3724 /* The root window which contains the pointer. */
3727 /* Trash which we can't trust if the pointer is on
3728 a different screen. */
3731 /* The position on that root window. */
3734 /* More trash we can't trust. */
3737 /* Modifier keys and pointer buttons, about which
3739 (unsigned int *) &dummy
);
3741 /* Now we have a position on the root; find the innermost window
3742 containing the pointer. */
3746 int parent_x
= 0, parent_y
= 0;
3750 /* XTranslateCoordinates can get errors if the window
3751 structure is changing at the same time this function
3752 is running. So at least we must not crash from them. */
3754 x_catch_errors (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
));
3756 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (*fp
)->grabbed
&& last_mouse_frame
3757 && FRAME_LIVE_P (last_mouse_frame
))
3759 /* If mouse was grabbed on a frame, give coords for that frame
3760 even if the mouse is now outside it. */
3761 XTranslateCoordinates (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
),
3763 /* From-window, to-window. */
3764 root
, FRAME_X_WINDOW (last_mouse_frame
),
3766 /* From-position, to-position. */
3767 root_x
, root_y
, &win_x
, &win_y
,
3771 f1
= last_mouse_frame
;
3777 XTranslateCoordinates (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
),
3779 /* From-window, to-window. */
3782 /* From-position, to-position. */
3783 root_x
, root_y
, &win_x
, &win_y
,
3788 if (child
== None
|| child
== win
)
3796 /* Now we know that:
3797 win is the innermost window containing the pointer
3798 (XTC says it has no child containing the pointer),
3799 win_x and win_y are the pointer's position in it
3800 (XTC did this the last time through), and
3801 parent_x and parent_y are the pointer's position in win's parent.
3802 (They are what win_x and win_y were when win was child.
3803 If win is the root window, it has no parent, and
3804 parent_{x,y} are invalid, but that's okay, because we'll
3805 never use them in that case.) */
3807 /* Is win one of our frames? */
3808 f1
= x_any_window_to_frame (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (*fp
), win
);
3810 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
3811 /* If we end up with the menu bar window, say it's not
3814 && f1
->output_data
.x
->menubar_widget
3815 && win
== XtWindow (f1
->output_data
.x
->menubar_widget
))
3817 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
3820 if (x_had_errors_p (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
)))
3823 x_uncatch_errors ();
3825 /* If not, is it one of our scroll bars? */
3828 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
3830 bar
= x_window_to_scroll_bar (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
), win
);
3834 f1
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)));
3840 if (f1
== 0 && insist
> 0)
3841 f1
= SELECTED_FRAME ();
3845 /* Ok, we found a frame. Store all the values.
3846 last_mouse_glyph is a rectangle used to reduce the
3847 generation of mouse events. To not miss any motion
3848 events, we must divide the frame into rectangles of the
3849 size of the smallest character that could be displayed
3850 on it, i.e. into the same rectangles that matrices on
3851 the frame are divided into. */
3853 remember_mouse_glyph (f1
, win_x
, win_y
, &last_mouse_glyph
);
3854 last_mouse_glyph_frame
= f1
;
3859 XSETINT (*x
, win_x
);
3860 XSETINT (*y
, win_y
);
3861 *time
= last_mouse_movement_time
;
3871 /***********************************************************************
3873 ***********************************************************************/
3875 /* Scroll bar support. */
3877 /* Given an X window ID and a DISPLAY, find the struct scroll_bar which
3879 This can be called in GC, so we have to make sure to strip off mark
3882 static struct scroll_bar
*
3883 x_window_to_scroll_bar (display
, window_id
)
3889 #if defined (USE_GTK) && defined (USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS)
3890 window_id
= (Window
) xg_get_scroll_id_for_window (display
, window_id
);
3891 #endif /* USE_GTK && USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
3893 for (tail
= Vframe_list
;
3894 XGCTYPE (tail
) == Lisp_Cons
;
3897 Lisp_Object frame
, bar
, condemned
;
3899 frame
= XCAR (tail
);
3900 /* All elements of Vframe_list should be frames. */
3901 if (! GC_FRAMEP (frame
))
3904 /* Scan this frame's scroll bar list for a scroll bar with the
3906 condemned
= FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (XFRAME (frame
));
3907 for (bar
= FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (XFRAME (frame
));
3908 /* This trick allows us to search both the ordinary and
3909 condemned scroll bar lists with one loop. */
3910 ! GC_NILP (bar
) || (bar
= condemned
,
3913 bar
= XSCROLL_BAR (bar
)->next
)
3914 if (SCROLL_BAR_X_WINDOW (XSCROLL_BAR (bar
)) == window_id
&&
3915 FRAME_X_DISPLAY (XFRAME (frame
)) == display
)
3916 return XSCROLL_BAR (bar
);
3923 #if defined USE_LUCID
3925 /* Return the Lucid menu bar WINDOW is part of. Return null
3926 if WINDOW is not part of a menu bar. */
3929 x_window_to_menu_bar (window
)
3934 for (tail
= Vframe_list
;
3935 XGCTYPE (tail
) == Lisp_Cons
;
3938 Lisp_Object frame
= XCAR (tail
);
3939 Widget menu_bar
= XFRAME (frame
)->output_data
.x
->menubar_widget
;
3941 if (menu_bar
&& xlwmenu_window_p (menu_bar
, window
))
3948 #endif /* USE_LUCID */
3951 /************************************************************************
3953 ************************************************************************/
3955 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
3957 static void x_scroll_bar_to_input_event
P_ ((XEvent
*, struct input_event
*));
3958 static void x_send_scroll_bar_event
P_ ((Lisp_Object
, int, int, int));
3959 static void x_create_toolkit_scroll_bar
P_ ((struct frame
*,
3960 struct scroll_bar
*));
3961 static void x_set_toolkit_scroll_bar_thumb
P_ ((struct scroll_bar
*,
3965 /* Lisp window being scrolled. Set when starting to interact with
3966 a toolkit scroll bar, reset to nil when ending the interaction. */
3968 static Lisp_Object window_being_scrolled
;
3970 /* Last scroll bar part sent in xm_scroll_callback. */
3972 static int last_scroll_bar_part
;
3974 /* Whether this is an Xaw with arrow-scrollbars. This should imply
3975 that movements of 1/20 of the screen size are mapped to up/down. */
3978 /* Id of action hook installed for scroll bars. */
3980 static XtActionHookId action_hook_id
;
3982 static Boolean xaw3d_arrow_scroll
;
3984 /* Whether the drag scrolling maintains the mouse at the top of the
3985 thumb. If not, resizing the thumb needs to be done more carefully
3986 to avoid jerkyness. */
3988 static Boolean xaw3d_pick_top
;
3990 /* Action hook installed via XtAppAddActionHook when toolkit scroll
3991 bars are used.. The hook is responsible for detecting when
3992 the user ends an interaction with the scroll bar, and generates
3993 a `end-scroll' SCROLL_BAR_CLICK_EVENT' event if so. */
3996 xt_action_hook (widget
, client_data
, action_name
, event
, params
,
3999 XtPointer client_data
;
4003 Cardinal
*num_params
;
4009 scroll_bar_p
= XmIsScrollBar (widget
);
4010 end_action
= "Release";
4011 #else /* !USE_MOTIF i.e. use Xaw */
4012 scroll_bar_p
= XtIsSubclass (widget
, scrollbarWidgetClass
);
4013 end_action
= "EndScroll";
4014 #endif /* USE_MOTIF */
4017 && strcmp (action_name
, end_action
) == 0
4018 && WINDOWP (window_being_scrolled
))
4022 x_send_scroll_bar_event (window_being_scrolled
,
4023 scroll_bar_end_scroll
, 0, 0);
4024 w
= XWINDOW (window_being_scrolled
);
4026 if (!NILP (XSCROLL_BAR (w
->vertical_scroll_bar
)->dragging
))
4028 XSCROLL_BAR (w
->vertical_scroll_bar
)->dragging
= Qnil
;
4029 /* The thumb size is incorrect while dragging: fix it. */
4030 set_vertical_scroll_bar (w
);
4032 window_being_scrolled
= Qnil
;
4033 last_scroll_bar_part
= -1;
4035 /* Xt timeouts no longer needed. */
4036 toolkit_scroll_bar_interaction
= 0;
4039 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
4041 /* A vector of windows used for communication between
4042 x_send_scroll_bar_event and x_scroll_bar_to_input_event. */
4044 static struct window
**scroll_bar_windows
;
4045 static int scroll_bar_windows_size
;
4048 /* Send a client message with message type Xatom_Scrollbar for a
4049 scroll action to the frame of WINDOW. PART is a value identifying
4050 the part of the scroll bar that was clicked on. PORTION is the
4051 amount to scroll of a whole of WHOLE. */
4054 x_send_scroll_bar_event (window
, part
, portion
, whole
)
4056 int part
, portion
, whole
;
4059 XClientMessageEvent
*ev
= (XClientMessageEvent
*) &event
;
4060 struct window
*w
= XWINDOW (window
);
4061 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
);
4066 /* Construct a ClientMessage event to send to the frame. */
4067 ev
->type
= ClientMessage
;
4068 ev
->message_type
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->Xatom_Scrollbar
;
4069 ev
->display
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
4070 ev
->window
= FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
);
4073 /* We can only transfer 32 bits in the XClientMessageEvent, which is
4074 not enough to store a pointer or Lisp_Object on a 64 bit system.
4075 So, store the window in scroll_bar_windows and pass the index
4076 into that array in the event. */
4077 for (i
= 0; i
< scroll_bar_windows_size
; ++i
)
4078 if (scroll_bar_windows
[i
] == NULL
)
4081 if (i
== scroll_bar_windows_size
)
4083 int new_size
= max (10, 2 * scroll_bar_windows_size
);
4084 size_t nbytes
= new_size
* sizeof *scroll_bar_windows
;
4085 size_t old_nbytes
= scroll_bar_windows_size
* sizeof *scroll_bar_windows
;
4087 scroll_bar_windows
= (struct window
**) xrealloc (scroll_bar_windows
,
4089 bzero (&scroll_bar_windows
[i
], nbytes
- old_nbytes
);
4090 scroll_bar_windows_size
= new_size
;
4093 scroll_bar_windows
[i
] = w
;
4094 ev
->data
.l
[0] = (long) i
;
4095 ev
->data
.l
[1] = (long) part
;
4096 ev
->data
.l
[2] = (long) 0;
4097 ev
->data
.l
[3] = (long) portion
;
4098 ev
->data
.l
[4] = (long) whole
;
4100 /* Make Xt timeouts work while the scroll bar is active. */
4101 toolkit_scroll_bar_interaction
= 1;
4102 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
4103 x_activate_timeout_atimer ();
4106 /* Setting the event mask to zero means that the message will
4107 be sent to the client that created the window, and if that
4108 window no longer exists, no event will be sent. */
4109 XSendEvent (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), False
, 0, &event
);
4114 /* Transform a scroll bar ClientMessage EVENT to an Emacs input event
4118 x_scroll_bar_to_input_event (event
, ievent
)
4120 struct input_event
*ievent
;
4122 XClientMessageEvent
*ev
= (XClientMessageEvent
*) event
;
4127 w
= scroll_bar_windows
[ev
->data
.l
[0]];
4128 scroll_bar_windows
[ev
->data
.l
[0]] = NULL
;
4130 XSETWINDOW (window
, w
);
4131 f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
);
4133 ievent
->kind
= SCROLL_BAR_CLICK_EVENT
;
4134 ievent
->frame_or_window
= window
;
4137 ievent
->timestamp
= CurrentTime
;
4139 ievent
->timestamp
= XtLastTimestampProcessed (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
4141 ievent
->part
= ev
->data
.l
[1];
4142 ievent
->code
= ev
->data
.l
[2];
4143 ievent
->x
= make_number ((int) ev
->data
.l
[3]);
4144 ievent
->y
= make_number ((int) ev
->data
.l
[4]);
4145 ievent
->modifiers
= 0;
4151 /* Minimum and maximum values used for Motif scroll bars. */
4153 #define XM_SB_MAX 10000000
4156 /* Scroll bar callback for Motif scroll bars. WIDGET is the scroll
4157 bar widget. CLIENT_DATA is a pointer to the scroll_bar structure.
4158 CALL_DATA is a pointer to a XmScrollBarCallbackStruct. */
4161 xm_scroll_callback (widget
, client_data
, call_data
)
4163 XtPointer client_data
, call_data
;
4165 struct scroll_bar
*bar
= (struct scroll_bar
*) client_data
;
4166 XmScrollBarCallbackStruct
*cs
= (XmScrollBarCallbackStruct
*) call_data
;
4167 int part
= -1, whole
= 0, portion
= 0;
4171 case XmCR_DECREMENT
:
4172 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4173 part
= scroll_bar_up_arrow
;
4176 case XmCR_INCREMENT
:
4177 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4178 part
= scroll_bar_down_arrow
;
4181 case XmCR_PAGE_DECREMENT
:
4182 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4183 part
= scroll_bar_above_handle
;
4186 case XmCR_PAGE_INCREMENT
:
4187 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4188 part
= scroll_bar_below_handle
;
4192 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4193 part
= scroll_bar_to_top
;
4196 case XmCR_TO_BOTTOM
:
4197 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4198 part
= scroll_bar_to_bottom
;
4205 /* Get the slider size. */
4207 XtVaGetValues (widget
, XmNsliderSize
, &slider_size
, NULL
);
4210 whole
= XM_SB_MAX
- slider_size
;
4211 portion
= min (cs
->value
, whole
);
4212 part
= scroll_bar_handle
;
4213 bar
->dragging
= make_number (cs
->value
);
4217 case XmCR_VALUE_CHANGED
:
4223 window_being_scrolled
= bar
->window
;
4224 last_scroll_bar_part
= part
;
4225 x_send_scroll_bar_event (bar
->window
, part
, portion
, whole
);
4230 #else /* !USE_MOTIF, i.e. Xaw or GTK */
4232 /* Scroll bar callback for GTK scroll bars. WIDGET is the scroll
4233 bar widget. DATA is a pointer to the scroll_bar structure. */
4236 xg_scroll_callback (widget
, data
)
4240 struct scroll_bar
*bar
= (struct scroll_bar
*) data
;
4246 int part
= -1, whole
= 0, portion
= 0;
4247 GtkAdjustment
*adj
= GTK_ADJUSTMENT (gtk_range_get_adjustment (widget
));
4249 position
= gtk_adjustment_get_value (adj
);
4251 p
= g_object_get_data (G_OBJECT (widget
), XG_LAST_SB_DATA
);
4254 p
= (gdouble
*) xmalloc (sizeof (gdouble
));
4256 g_object_set_data (G_OBJECT (widget
), XG_LAST_SB_DATA
, p
);
4262 if (xg_ignore_gtk_scrollbar
) return;
4264 diff
= (int) (position
- previous
);
4266 if (diff
== (int) adj
->step_increment
)
4268 part
= scroll_bar_down_arrow
;
4269 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4271 else if (-diff
== (int) adj
->step_increment
)
4273 part
= scroll_bar_up_arrow
;
4274 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4276 else if (diff
== (int) adj
->page_increment
)
4278 part
= scroll_bar_below_handle
;
4279 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4281 else if (-diff
== (int) adj
->page_increment
)
4283 part
= scroll_bar_above_handle
;
4284 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4288 part
= scroll_bar_handle
;
4289 whole
= adj
->upper
- adj
->page_size
;
4290 portion
= min ((int)position
, whole
);
4291 bar
->dragging
= make_number ((int)portion
);
4296 window_being_scrolled
= bar
->window
;
4297 last_scroll_bar_part
= part
;
4298 x_send_scroll_bar_event (bar
->window
, part
, portion
, whole
);
4302 #else /* not USE_GTK */
4304 /* Xaw scroll bar callback. Invoked when the thumb is dragged.
4305 WIDGET is the scroll bar widget. CLIENT_DATA is a pointer to the
4306 scroll bar struct. CALL_DATA is a pointer to a float saying where
4310 xaw_jump_callback (widget
, client_data
, call_data
)
4312 XtPointer client_data
, call_data
;
4314 struct scroll_bar
*bar
= (struct scroll_bar
*) client_data
;
4315 float top
= *(float *) call_data
;
4317 int whole
, portion
, height
;
4320 /* Get the size of the thumb, a value between 0 and 1. */
4322 XtVaGetValues (widget
, XtNshown
, &shown
, XtNheight
, &height
, NULL
);
4326 portion
= shown
< 1 ? top
* whole
: 0;
4328 if (shown
< 1 && (abs (top
+ shown
- 1) < 1.0/height
))
4329 /* Some derivatives of Xaw refuse to shrink the thumb when you reach
4330 the bottom, so we force the scrolling whenever we see that we're
4331 too close to the bottom (in x_set_toolkit_scroll_bar_thumb
4332 we try to ensure that we always stay two pixels away from the
4334 part
= scroll_bar_down_arrow
;
4336 part
= scroll_bar_handle
;
4338 window_being_scrolled
= bar
->window
;
4339 bar
->dragging
= make_number (portion
);
4340 last_scroll_bar_part
= part
;
4341 x_send_scroll_bar_event (bar
->window
, part
, portion
, whole
);
4345 /* Xaw scroll bar callback. Invoked for incremental scrolling.,
4346 i.e. line or page up or down. WIDGET is the Xaw scroll bar
4347 widget. CLIENT_DATA is a pointer to the scroll_bar structure for
4348 the scroll bar. CALL_DATA is an integer specifying the action that
4349 has taken place. Its magnitude is in the range 0..height of the
4350 scroll bar. Negative values mean scroll towards buffer start.
4351 Values < height of scroll bar mean line-wise movement. */
4354 xaw_scroll_callback (widget
, client_data
, call_data
)
4356 XtPointer client_data
, call_data
;
4358 struct scroll_bar
*bar
= (struct scroll_bar
*) client_data
;
4359 /* The position really is stored cast to a pointer. */
4360 int position
= (long) call_data
;
4364 /* Get the height of the scroll bar. */
4366 XtVaGetValues (widget
, XtNheight
, &height
, NULL
);
4369 if (abs (position
) >= height
)
4370 part
= (position
< 0) ? scroll_bar_above_handle
: scroll_bar_below_handle
;
4372 /* If Xaw3d was compiled with ARROW_SCROLLBAR,
4373 it maps line-movement to call_data = max(5, height/20). */
4374 else if (xaw3d_arrow_scroll
&& abs (position
) <= max (5, height
/ 20))
4375 part
= (position
< 0) ? scroll_bar_up_arrow
: scroll_bar_down_arrow
;
4377 part
= scroll_bar_move_ratio
;
4379 window_being_scrolled
= bar
->window
;
4380 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4381 last_scroll_bar_part
= part
;
4382 x_send_scroll_bar_event (bar
->window
, part
, position
, height
);
4385 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
4386 #endif /* not USE_MOTIF */
4388 #define SCROLL_BAR_NAME "verticalScrollBar"
4390 /* Create the widget for scroll bar BAR on frame F. Record the widget
4391 and X window of the scroll bar in BAR. */
4395 x_create_toolkit_scroll_bar (f
, bar
)
4397 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
4399 char *scroll_bar_name
= SCROLL_BAR_NAME
;
4402 xg_create_scroll_bar (f
, bar
, G_CALLBACK (xg_scroll_callback
),
4407 #else /* not USE_GTK */
4410 x_create_toolkit_scroll_bar (f
, bar
)
4412 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
4418 char *scroll_bar_name
= SCROLL_BAR_NAME
;
4419 unsigned long pixel
;
4424 /* Set resources. Create the widget. */
4425 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNmappedWhenManaged
, False
); ++ac
;
4426 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNminimum
, 0); ++ac
;
4427 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNmaximum
, XM_SB_MAX
); ++ac
;
4428 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNorientation
, XmVERTICAL
); ++ac
;
4429 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNprocessingDirection
, XmMAX_ON_BOTTOM
), ++ac
;
4430 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNincrement
, 1); ++ac
;
4431 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNpageIncrement
, 1); ++ac
;
4433 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
;
4436 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNforeground
, pixel
);
4440 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_background_pixel
;
4443 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNbackground
, pixel
);
4447 widget
= XmCreateScrollBar (f
->output_data
.x
->edit_widget
,
4448 scroll_bar_name
, av
, ac
);
4450 /* Add one callback for everything that can happen. */
4451 XtAddCallback (widget
, XmNdecrementCallback
, xm_scroll_callback
,
4453 XtAddCallback (widget
, XmNdragCallback
, xm_scroll_callback
,
4455 XtAddCallback (widget
, XmNincrementCallback
, xm_scroll_callback
,
4457 XtAddCallback (widget
, XmNpageDecrementCallback
, xm_scroll_callback
,
4459 XtAddCallback (widget
, XmNpageIncrementCallback
, xm_scroll_callback
,
4461 XtAddCallback (widget
, XmNtoBottomCallback
, xm_scroll_callback
,
4463 XtAddCallback (widget
, XmNtoTopCallback
, xm_scroll_callback
,
4466 /* Realize the widget. Only after that is the X window created. */
4467 XtRealizeWidget (widget
);
4469 /* Set the cursor to an arrow. I didn't find a resource to do that.
4470 And I'm wondering why it hasn't an arrow cursor by default. */
4471 XDefineCursor (XtDisplay (widget
), XtWindow (widget
),
4472 f
->output_data
.x
->nontext_cursor
);
4474 #else /* !USE_MOTIF i.e. use Xaw */
4476 /* Set resources. Create the widget. The background of the
4477 Xaw3d scroll bar widget is a little bit light for my taste.
4478 We don't alter it here to let users change it according
4479 to their taste with `emacs*verticalScrollBar.background: xxx'. */
4480 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNmappedWhenManaged
, False
); ++ac
;
4481 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNorientation
, XtorientVertical
); ++ac
;
4482 /* For smoother scrolling with Xaw3d -sm */
4483 /* XtSetArg (av[ac], XtNpickTop, True); ++ac; */
4485 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
;
4488 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNforeground
, pixel
);
4492 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_background_pixel
;
4495 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNbackground
, pixel
);
4499 /* Top/bottom shadow colors. */
4501 /* Allocate them, if necessary. */
4502 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_top_shadow_pixel
== -1)
4504 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_background_pixel
;
4505 if (!x_alloc_lighter_color (f
, FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_COLORMAP (f
),
4506 &pixel
, 1.2, 0x8000))
4508 f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_top_shadow_pixel
= pixel
;
4510 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_bottom_shadow_pixel
== -1)
4512 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_background_pixel
;
4513 if (!x_alloc_lighter_color (f
, FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_COLORMAP (f
),
4514 &pixel
, 0.6, 0x4000))
4516 f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_bottom_shadow_pixel
= pixel
;
4519 #ifdef XtNbeNiceToColormap
4520 /* Tell the toolkit about them. */
4521 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_top_shadow_pixel
== -1
4522 || f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_bottom_shadow_pixel
== -1)
4523 /* We tried to allocate a color for the top/bottom shadow, and
4524 failed, so tell Xaw3d to use dithering instead. */
4526 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNbeNiceToColormap
, True
);
4530 /* Tell what colors Xaw3d should use for the top/bottom shadow, to
4531 be more consistent with other emacs 3d colors, and since Xaw3d is
4532 not good at dealing with allocation failure. */
4534 /* This tells Xaw3d to use real colors instead of dithering for
4536 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNbeNiceToColormap
, False
);
4539 /* Specify the colors. */
4540 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_top_shadow_pixel
;
4543 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNtopShadowPixel
, pixel
);
4546 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_bottom_shadow_pixel
;
4549 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNbottomShadowPixel
, pixel
);
4555 widget
= XtCreateWidget (scroll_bar_name
, scrollbarWidgetClass
,
4556 f
->output_data
.x
->edit_widget
, av
, ac
);
4560 char *val
= initial
;
4561 XtVaGetValues (widget
, XtNscrollVCursor
, (XtPointer
) &val
,
4562 #ifdef XtNarrowScrollbars
4563 XtNarrowScrollbars
, (XtPointer
) &xaw3d_arrow_scroll
,
4565 XtNpickTop
, (XtPointer
) &xaw3d_pick_top
, NULL
);
4566 if (xaw3d_arrow_scroll
|| val
== initial
)
4567 { /* ARROW_SCROLL */
4568 xaw3d_arrow_scroll
= True
;
4569 /* Isn't that just a personal preference ? --Stef */
4570 XtVaSetValues (widget
, XtNcursorName
, "top_left_arrow", NULL
);
4574 /* Define callbacks. */
4575 XtAddCallback (widget
, XtNjumpProc
, xaw_jump_callback
, (XtPointer
) bar
);
4576 XtAddCallback (widget
, XtNscrollProc
, xaw_scroll_callback
,
4579 /* Realize the widget. Only after that is the X window created. */
4580 XtRealizeWidget (widget
);
4582 #endif /* !USE_MOTIF */
4584 /* Install an action hook that lets us detect when the user
4585 finishes interacting with a scroll bar. */
4586 if (action_hook_id
== 0)
4587 action_hook_id
= XtAppAddActionHook (Xt_app_con
, xt_action_hook
, 0);
4589 /* Remember X window and widget in the scroll bar vector. */
4590 SET_SCROLL_BAR_X_WIDGET (bar
, widget
);
4591 xwindow
= XtWindow (widget
);
4592 SET_SCROLL_BAR_X_WINDOW (bar
, xwindow
);
4596 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
4599 /* Set the thumb size and position of scroll bar BAR. We are currently
4600 displaying PORTION out of a whole WHOLE, and our position POSITION. */
4604 x_set_toolkit_scroll_bar_thumb (bar
, portion
, position
, whole
)
4605 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
4606 int portion
, position
, whole
;
4608 xg_set_toolkit_scroll_bar_thumb (bar
, portion
, position
, whole
);
4611 #else /* not USE_GTK */
4613 x_set_toolkit_scroll_bar_thumb (bar
, portion
, position
, whole
)
4614 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
4615 int portion
, position
, whole
;
4617 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)));
4618 Widget widget
= SCROLL_BAR_X_WIDGET (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), bar
);
4625 /* We use an estimate of 30 chars per line rather than the real
4626 `portion' value. This has the disadvantage that the thumb size
4627 is not very representative, but it makes our life a lot easier.
4628 Otherwise, we have to constantly adjust the thumb size, which
4629 we can't always do quickly enough: while dragging, the size of
4630 the thumb might prevent the user from dragging the thumb all the
4631 way to the end. but Motif and some versions of Xaw3d don't allow
4632 updating the thumb size while dragging. Also, even if we can update
4633 its size, the update will often happen too late.
4634 If you don't believe it, check out revision 1.650 of xterm.c to see
4635 what hoops we were going through and the still poor behavior we got. */
4636 portion
= WINDOW_TOTAL_LINES (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)) * 30;
4637 /* When the thumb is at the bottom, position == whole.
4638 So we need to increase `whole' to make space for the thumb. */
4645 top
= (float) position
/ whole
;
4646 shown
= (float) portion
/ whole
;
4649 if (NILP (bar
->dragging
))
4653 /* Slider size. Must be in the range [1 .. MAX - MIN] where MAX
4654 is the scroll bar's maximum and MIN is the scroll bar's minimum
4656 size
= shown
* XM_SB_MAX
;
4657 size
= min (size
, XM_SB_MAX
);
4658 size
= max (size
, 1);
4660 /* Position. Must be in the range [MIN .. MAX - SLIDER_SIZE]. */
4661 value
= top
* XM_SB_MAX
;
4662 value
= min (value
, XM_SB_MAX
- size
);
4664 XmScrollBarSetValues (widget
, value
, size
, 0, 0, False
);
4666 #else /* !USE_MOTIF i.e. use Xaw */
4672 top
= (float) position
/ whole
;
4673 shown
= (float) portion
/ whole
;
4677 float old_top
, old_shown
;
4679 XtVaGetValues (widget
,
4680 XtNtopOfThumb
, &old_top
,
4681 XtNshown
, &old_shown
,
4685 /* Massage the top+shown values. */
4686 if (NILP (bar
->dragging
) || last_scroll_bar_part
== scroll_bar_down_arrow
)
4687 top
= max (0, min (1, top
));
4690 /* Keep two pixels available for moving the thumb down. */
4691 shown
= max (0, min (1 - top
- (2.0 / height
), shown
));
4693 /* If the call to XawScrollbarSetThumb below doesn't seem to work,
4694 check that your system's configuration file contains a define
4695 for `NARROWPROTO'. See s/freebsd.h for an example. */
4696 if (top
!= old_top
|| shown
!= old_shown
)
4698 if (NILP (bar
->dragging
))
4699 XawScrollbarSetThumb (widget
, top
, shown
);
4702 /* Try to make the scrolling a tad smoother. */
4703 if (!xaw3d_pick_top
)
4704 shown
= min (shown
, old_shown
);
4706 XawScrollbarSetThumb (widget
, top
, shown
);
4710 #endif /* !USE_MOTIF */
4714 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
4716 #endif /* USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
4720 /************************************************************************
4721 Scroll bars, general
4722 ************************************************************************/
4724 /* Create a scroll bar and return the scroll bar vector for it. W is
4725 the Emacs window on which to create the scroll bar. TOP, LEFT,
4726 WIDTH and HEIGHT are the pixel coordinates and dimensions of the
4729 static struct scroll_bar
*
4730 x_scroll_bar_create (w
, top
, left
, width
, height
)
4732 int top
, left
, width
, height
;
4734 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
);
4735 struct scroll_bar
*bar
4736 = XSCROLL_BAR (Fmake_vector (make_number (SCROLL_BAR_VEC_SIZE
), Qnil
));
4740 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
4741 x_create_toolkit_scroll_bar (f
, bar
);
4742 #else /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
4744 XSetWindowAttributes a
;
4748 a
.background_pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_background_pixel
;
4749 if (a
.background_pixel
== -1)
4750 a
.background_pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->background_pixel
;
4752 a
.event_mask
= (ButtonPressMask
| ButtonReleaseMask
4753 | ButtonMotionMask
| PointerMotionHintMask
4755 a
.cursor
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->vertical_scroll_bar_cursor
;
4757 mask
= (CWBackPixel
| CWEventMask
| CWCursor
);
4759 /* Clear the area of W that will serve as a scroll bar. This is
4760 for the case that a window has been split horizontally. In
4761 this case, no clear_frame is generated to reduce flickering. */
4762 if (width
> 0 && height
> 0)
4763 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
4765 window_box_height (w
), False
);
4767 window
= XCreateWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
4768 /* Position and size of scroll bar. */
4769 left
+ VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
,
4771 width
- VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
* 2,
4773 /* Border width, depth, class, and visual. */
4780 SET_SCROLL_BAR_X_WINDOW (bar
, window
);
4782 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
4784 XSETWINDOW (bar
->window
, w
);
4785 XSETINT (bar
->top
, top
);
4786 XSETINT (bar
->left
, left
);
4787 XSETINT (bar
->width
, width
);
4788 XSETINT (bar
->height
, height
);
4789 XSETINT (bar
->start
, 0);
4790 XSETINT (bar
->end
, 0);
4791 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4793 /* Add bar to its frame's list of scroll bars. */
4794 bar
->next
= FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f
);
4796 XSETVECTOR (FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f
), bar
);
4797 if (!NILP (bar
->next
))
4798 XSETVECTOR (XSCROLL_BAR (bar
->next
)->prev
, bar
);
4800 /* Map the window/widget. */
4801 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
4804 xg_update_scrollbar_pos (f
,
4805 SCROLL_BAR_X_WINDOW (bar
),
4807 left
+ VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
,
4808 width
- VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
* 2,
4810 xg_show_scroll_bar (SCROLL_BAR_X_WINDOW (bar
));
4811 #else /* not USE_GTK */
4812 Widget scroll_bar
= SCROLL_BAR_X_WIDGET (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), bar
);
4813 XtConfigureWidget (scroll_bar
,
4814 left
+ VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
,
4816 width
- VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
* 2,
4817 max (height
, 1), 0);
4818 XtMapWidget (scroll_bar
);
4819 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
4821 #else /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
4822 XMapRaised (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), SCROLL_BAR_X_WINDOW (bar
));
4823 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
4830 /* Draw BAR's handle in the proper position.
4832 If the handle is already drawn from START to END, don't bother
4833 redrawing it, unless REBUILD is non-zero; in that case, always
4834 redraw it. (REBUILD is handy for drawing the handle after expose
4837 Normally, we want to constrain the start and end of the handle to
4838 fit inside its rectangle, but if the user is dragging the scroll
4839 bar handle, we want to let them drag it down all the way, so that
4840 the bar's top is as far down as it goes; otherwise, there's no way
4841 to move to the very end of the buffer. */
4843 #ifndef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
4846 x_scroll_bar_set_handle (bar
, start
, end
, rebuild
)
4847 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
4851 int dragging
= ! NILP (bar
->dragging
);
4852 Window w
= SCROLL_BAR_X_WINDOW (bar
);
4853 FRAME_PTR f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)));
4854 GC gc
= f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
;
4856 /* If the display is already accurate, do nothing. */
4858 && start
== XINT (bar
->start
)
4859 && end
== XINT (bar
->end
))
4865 int inside_width
= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_INSIDE_WIDTH (f
, XINT (bar
->width
));
4866 int inside_height
= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_INSIDE_HEIGHT (f
, XINT (bar
->height
));
4867 int top_range
= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_RANGE (f
, XINT (bar
->height
));
4869 /* Make sure the values are reasonable, and try to preserve
4870 the distance between start and end. */
4872 int length
= end
- start
;
4876 else if (start
> top_range
)
4878 end
= start
+ length
;
4882 else if (end
> top_range
&& ! dragging
)
4886 /* Store the adjusted setting in the scroll bar. */
4887 XSETINT (bar
->start
, start
);
4888 XSETINT (bar
->end
, end
);
4890 /* Clip the end position, just for display. */
4891 if (end
> top_range
)
4894 /* Draw bottom positions VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_MIN_HANDLE pixels
4895 below top positions, to make sure the handle is always at least
4896 that many pixels tall. */
4897 end
+= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_MIN_HANDLE
;
4899 /* Draw the empty space above the handle. Note that we can't clear
4900 zero-height areas; that means "clear to end of window." */
4902 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), w
,
4903 /* x, y, width, height, and exposures. */
4904 VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_LEFT_BORDER
,
4905 VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_BORDER
,
4906 inside_width
, start
,
4909 /* Change to proper foreground color if one is specified. */
4910 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
!= -1)
4911 XSetForeground (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), gc
,
4912 f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
);
4914 /* Draw the handle itself. */
4915 XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), w
, gc
,
4916 /* x, y, width, height */
4917 VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_LEFT_BORDER
,
4918 VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_BORDER
+ start
,
4919 inside_width
, end
- start
);
4921 /* Restore the foreground color of the GC if we changed it above. */
4922 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
!= -1)
4923 XSetForeground (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), gc
,
4924 f
->output_data
.x
->foreground_pixel
);
4926 /* Draw the empty space below the handle. Note that we can't
4927 clear zero-height areas; that means "clear to end of window." */
4928 if (end
< inside_height
)
4929 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), w
,
4930 /* x, y, width, height, and exposures. */
4931 VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_LEFT_BORDER
,
4932 VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_BORDER
+ end
,
4933 inside_width
, inside_height
- end
,
4941 #endif /* !USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
4943 /* Destroy scroll bar BAR, and set its Emacs window's scroll bar to
4947 x_scroll_bar_remove (bar
)
4948 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
4950 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)));
4953 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
4955 xg_remove_scroll_bar (f
, SCROLL_BAR_X_WINDOW (bar
));
4956 #else /* not USE_GTK */
4957 XtDestroyWidget (SCROLL_BAR_X_WIDGET (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), bar
));
4958 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
4960 XDestroyWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), SCROLL_BAR_X_WINDOW (bar
));
4963 /* Disassociate this scroll bar from its window. */
4964 XWINDOW (bar
->window
)->vertical_scroll_bar
= Qnil
;
4970 /* Set the handle of the vertical scroll bar for WINDOW to indicate
4971 that we are displaying PORTION characters out of a total of WHOLE
4972 characters, starting at POSITION. If WINDOW has no scroll bar,
4976 XTset_vertical_scroll_bar (w
, portion
, whole
, position
)
4978 int portion
, whole
, position
;
4980 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
);
4981 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
4982 int top
, height
, left
, sb_left
, width
, sb_width
;
4983 int window_y
, window_height
;
4985 /* Get window dimensions. */
4986 window_box (w
, -1, 0, &window_y
, 0, &window_height
);
4988 width
= WINDOW_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_COLS (w
) * FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
);
4989 height
= window_height
;
4991 /* Compute the left edge of the scroll bar area. */
4992 left
= WINDOW_SCROLL_BAR_AREA_X (w
);
4994 /* Compute the width of the scroll bar which might be less than
4995 the width of the area reserved for the scroll bar. */
4996 if (WINDOW_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH (w
) > 0)
4997 sb_width
= WINDOW_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH (w
);
5001 /* Compute the left edge of the scroll bar. */
5002 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5003 if (WINDOW_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_ON_RIGHT (w
))
5005 (WINDOW_RIGHTMOST_P (w
)
5006 ? width
- sb_width
- (width
- sb_width
) / 2
5010 (WINDOW_LEFTMOST_P (w
)
5011 ? (width
- sb_width
) / 2
5012 : width
- sb_width
));
5014 if (WINDOW_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_ON_RIGHT (w
))
5015 sb_left
= left
+ width
- sb_width
;
5020 /* Does the scroll bar exist yet? */
5021 if (NILP (w
->vertical_scroll_bar
))
5023 if (width
> 0 && height
> 0)
5026 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
5027 left
, top
, width
, height
, False
);
5031 bar
= x_scroll_bar_create (w
, top
, sb_left
, sb_width
, height
);
5035 /* It may just need to be moved and resized. */
5036 unsigned int mask
= 0;
5038 bar
= XSCROLL_BAR (w
->vertical_scroll_bar
);
5042 if (sb_left
!= XINT (bar
->left
))
5044 if (top
!= XINT (bar
->top
))
5046 if (sb_width
!= XINT (bar
->width
))
5048 if (height
!= XINT (bar
->height
))
5051 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5053 /* Move/size the scroll bar widget. */
5056 /* Since toolkit scroll bars are smaller than the space reserved
5057 for them on the frame, we have to clear "under" them. */
5058 if (width
> 0 && height
> 0)
5059 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
5060 left
, top
, width
, height
, False
);
5062 xg_update_scrollbar_pos (f
,
5063 SCROLL_BAR_X_WINDOW (bar
),
5065 sb_left
+ VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
,
5066 sb_width
- VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
*2,
5068 #else /* not USE_GTK */
5069 XtConfigureWidget (SCROLL_BAR_X_WIDGET (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), bar
),
5070 sb_left
+ VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
,
5072 sb_width
- VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
* 2,
5073 max (height
, 1), 0);
5074 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
5076 #else /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5078 /* Clear areas not covered by the scroll bar because of
5079 VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM. */
5080 if (VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
)
5082 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
5083 left
, top
, VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
,
5085 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
5086 left
+ width
- VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
,
5087 top
, VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
,
5091 /* Clear areas not covered by the scroll bar because it's not as
5092 wide as the area reserved for it. This makes sure a
5093 previous mode line display is cleared after C-x 2 C-x 1, for
5096 int area_width
= WINDOW_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_COLS (w
) * FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
);
5097 int rest
= area_width
- sb_width
;
5098 if (rest
> 0 && height
> 0)
5100 if (WINDOW_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_ON_LEFT (w
))
5101 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
5102 left
+ area_width
- rest
, top
,
5103 rest
, height
, False
);
5105 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
5106 left
, top
, rest
, height
, False
);
5110 /* Move/size the scroll bar window. */
5115 wc
.x
= sb_left
+ VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
;
5117 wc
.width
= sb_width
- VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
* 2;
5119 XConfigureWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), SCROLL_BAR_X_WINDOW (bar
),
5123 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5125 /* Remember new settings. */
5126 XSETINT (bar
->left
, sb_left
);
5127 XSETINT (bar
->top
, top
);
5128 XSETINT (bar
->width
, sb_width
);
5129 XSETINT (bar
->height
, height
);
5134 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5135 x_set_toolkit_scroll_bar_thumb (bar
, portion
, position
, whole
);
5136 #else /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5137 /* Set the scroll bar's current state, unless we're currently being
5139 if (NILP (bar
->dragging
))
5141 int top_range
= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_RANGE (f
, height
);
5144 x_scroll_bar_set_handle (bar
, 0, top_range
, 0);
5147 int start
= ((double) position
* top_range
) / whole
;
5148 int end
= ((double) (position
+ portion
) * top_range
) / whole
;
5149 x_scroll_bar_set_handle (bar
, start
, end
, 0);
5152 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5154 XSETVECTOR (w
->vertical_scroll_bar
, bar
);
5158 /* The following three hooks are used when we're doing a thorough
5159 redisplay of the frame. We don't explicitly know which scroll bars
5160 are going to be deleted, because keeping track of when windows go
5161 away is a real pain - "Can you say set-window-configuration, boys
5162 and girls?" Instead, we just assert at the beginning of redisplay
5163 that *all* scroll bars are to be removed, and then save a scroll bar
5164 from the fiery pit when we actually redisplay its window. */
5166 /* Arrange for all scroll bars on FRAME to be removed at the next call
5167 to `*judge_scroll_bars_hook'. A scroll bar may be spared if
5168 `*redeem_scroll_bar_hook' is applied to its window before the judgment. */
5171 XTcondemn_scroll_bars (frame
)
5174 /* Transfer all the scroll bars to FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS. */
5175 while (! NILP (FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (frame
)))
5178 bar
= FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (frame
);
5179 FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (frame
) = XSCROLL_BAR (bar
)->next
;
5180 XSCROLL_BAR (bar
)->next
= FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (frame
);
5181 XSCROLL_BAR (bar
)->prev
= Qnil
;
5182 if (! NILP (FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (frame
)))
5183 XSCROLL_BAR (FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (frame
))->prev
= bar
;
5184 FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (frame
) = bar
;
5189 /* Un-mark WINDOW's scroll bar for deletion in this judgment cycle.
5190 Note that WINDOW isn't necessarily condemned at all. */
5193 XTredeem_scroll_bar (window
)
5194 struct window
*window
;
5196 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
5199 /* We can't redeem this window's scroll bar if it doesn't have one. */
5200 if (NILP (window
->vertical_scroll_bar
))
5203 bar
= XSCROLL_BAR (window
->vertical_scroll_bar
);
5205 /* Unlink it from the condemned list. */
5206 f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (window
));
5207 if (NILP (bar
->prev
))
5209 /* If the prev pointer is nil, it must be the first in one of
5211 if (EQ (FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f
), window
->vertical_scroll_bar
))
5212 /* It's not condemned. Everything's fine. */
5214 else if (EQ (FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (f
),
5215 window
->vertical_scroll_bar
))
5216 FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (f
) = bar
->next
;
5218 /* If its prev pointer is nil, it must be at the front of
5219 one or the other! */
5223 XSCROLL_BAR (bar
->prev
)->next
= bar
->next
;
5225 if (! NILP (bar
->next
))
5226 XSCROLL_BAR (bar
->next
)->prev
= bar
->prev
;
5228 bar
->next
= FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f
);
5230 XSETVECTOR (FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f
), bar
);
5231 if (! NILP (bar
->next
))
5232 XSETVECTOR (XSCROLL_BAR (bar
->next
)->prev
, bar
);
5235 /* Remove all scroll bars on FRAME that haven't been saved since the
5236 last call to `*condemn_scroll_bars_hook'. */
5239 XTjudge_scroll_bars (f
)
5242 Lisp_Object bar
, next
;
5244 bar
= FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (f
);
5246 /* Clear out the condemned list now so we won't try to process any
5247 more events on the hapless scroll bars. */
5248 FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (f
) = Qnil
;
5250 for (; ! NILP (bar
); bar
= next
)
5252 struct scroll_bar
*b
= XSCROLL_BAR (bar
);
5254 x_scroll_bar_remove (b
);
5257 b
->next
= b
->prev
= Qnil
;
5260 /* Now there should be no references to the condemned scroll bars,
5261 and they should get garbage-collected. */
5265 #ifndef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5266 /* Handle an Expose or GraphicsExpose event on a scroll bar. This
5267 is a no-op when using toolkit scroll bars.
5269 This may be called from a signal handler, so we have to ignore GC
5273 x_scroll_bar_expose (bar
, event
)
5274 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
5277 Window w
= SCROLL_BAR_X_WINDOW (bar
);
5278 FRAME_PTR f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)));
5279 GC gc
= f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
;
5280 int width_trim
= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
;
5284 x_scroll_bar_set_handle (bar
, XINT (bar
->start
), XINT (bar
->end
), 1);
5286 /* Switch to scroll bar foreground color. */
5287 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
!= -1)
5288 XSetForeground (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), gc
,
5289 f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
);
5291 /* Draw a one-pixel border just inside the edges of the scroll bar. */
5292 XDrawRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), w
, gc
,
5294 /* x, y, width, height */
5296 XINT (bar
->width
) - 1 - width_trim
- width_trim
,
5297 XINT (bar
->height
) - 1);
5299 /* Restore the foreground color of the GC if we changed it above. */
5300 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
!= -1)
5301 XSetForeground (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), gc
,
5302 f
->output_data
.x
->foreground_pixel
);
5307 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5309 /* Handle a mouse click on the scroll bar BAR. If *EMACS_EVENT's kind
5310 is set to something other than NO_EVENT, it is enqueued.
5312 This may be called from a signal handler, so we have to ignore GC
5317 x_scroll_bar_handle_click (bar
, event
, emacs_event
)
5318 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
5320 struct input_event
*emacs_event
;
5322 if (! GC_WINDOWP (bar
->window
))
5325 emacs_event
->kind
= SCROLL_BAR_CLICK_EVENT
;
5326 emacs_event
->code
= event
->xbutton
.button
- Button1
;
5327 emacs_event
->modifiers
5328 = (x_x_to_emacs_modifiers (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO
5329 (XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)))),
5330 event
->xbutton
.state
)
5331 | (event
->type
== ButtonRelease
5334 emacs_event
->frame_or_window
= bar
->window
;
5335 emacs_event
->arg
= Qnil
;
5336 emacs_event
->timestamp
= event
->xbutton
.time
;
5339 FRAME_PTR f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)));
5341 = VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_INSIDE_HEIGHT (f
, XINT (bar
->height
));
5344 = VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_RANGE (f
, XINT (bar
->height
));
5345 int y
= event
->xbutton
.y
- VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_BORDER
;
5348 if (y
> top_range
) y
= top_range
;
5350 if (y
< XINT (bar
->start
))
5351 emacs_event
->part
= scroll_bar_above_handle
;
5352 else if (y
< XINT (bar
->end
) + VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_MIN_HANDLE
)
5353 emacs_event
->part
= scroll_bar_handle
;
5355 emacs_event
->part
= scroll_bar_below_handle
;
5357 /* Just because the user has clicked on the handle doesn't mean
5358 they want to drag it. Lisp code needs to be able to decide
5359 whether or not we're dragging. */
5361 /* If the user has just clicked on the handle, record where they're
5363 if (event
->type
== ButtonPress
5364 && emacs_event
->part
== scroll_bar_handle
)
5365 XSETINT (bar
->dragging
, y
- XINT (bar
->start
));
5368 #ifndef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5369 /* If the user has released the handle, set it to its final position. */
5370 if (event
->type
== ButtonRelease
5371 && ! NILP (bar
->dragging
))
5373 int new_start
= y
- XINT (bar
->dragging
);
5374 int new_end
= new_start
+ (XINT (bar
->end
) - XINT (bar
->start
));
5376 x_scroll_bar_set_handle (bar
, new_start
, new_end
, 0);
5377 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
5381 /* Same deal here as the other #if 0. */
5383 /* Clicks on the handle are always reported as occurring at the top of
5385 if (emacs_event
->part
== scroll_bar_handle
)
5386 emacs_event
->x
= bar
->start
;
5388 XSETINT (emacs_event
->x
, y
);
5390 XSETINT (emacs_event
->x
, y
);
5393 XSETINT (emacs_event
->y
, top_range
);
5397 #ifndef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5399 /* Handle some mouse motion while someone is dragging the scroll bar.
5401 This may be called from a signal handler, so we have to ignore GC
5405 x_scroll_bar_note_movement (bar
, event
)
5406 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
5409 FRAME_PTR f
= XFRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)->frame
);
5411 last_mouse_movement_time
= event
->xmotion
.time
;
5414 XSETVECTOR (last_mouse_scroll_bar
, bar
);
5416 /* If we're dragging the bar, display it. */
5417 if (! GC_NILP (bar
->dragging
))
5419 /* Where should the handle be now? */
5420 int new_start
= event
->xmotion
.y
- XINT (bar
->dragging
);
5422 if (new_start
!= XINT (bar
->start
))
5424 int new_end
= new_start
+ (XINT (bar
->end
) - XINT (bar
->start
));
5426 x_scroll_bar_set_handle (bar
, new_start
, new_end
, 0);
5431 #endif /* !USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5433 /* Return information to the user about the current position of the mouse
5434 on the scroll bar. */
5437 x_scroll_bar_report_motion (fp
, bar_window
, part
, x
, y
, time
)
5439 Lisp_Object
*bar_window
;
5440 enum scroll_bar_part
*part
;
5442 unsigned long *time
;
5444 struct scroll_bar
*bar
= XSCROLL_BAR (last_mouse_scroll_bar
);
5445 Window w
= SCROLL_BAR_X_WINDOW (bar
);
5446 FRAME_PTR f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)));
5448 Window dummy_window
;
5450 unsigned int dummy_mask
;
5454 /* Get the mouse's position relative to the scroll bar window, and
5456 if (! XQueryPointer (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), w
,
5458 /* Root, child, root x and root y. */
5459 &dummy_window
, &dummy_window
,
5460 &dummy_coord
, &dummy_coord
,
5462 /* Position relative to scroll bar. */
5465 /* Mouse buttons and modifier keys. */
5472 = VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_INSIDE_HEIGHT (f
, XINT (bar
->height
));
5475 = VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_RANGE (f
, XINT (bar
->height
));
5477 win_y
-= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_BORDER
;
5479 if (! NILP (bar
->dragging
))
5480 win_y
-= XINT (bar
->dragging
);
5484 if (win_y
> top_range
)
5488 *bar_window
= bar
->window
;
5490 if (! NILP (bar
->dragging
))
5491 *part
= scroll_bar_handle
;
5492 else if (win_y
< XINT (bar
->start
))
5493 *part
= scroll_bar_above_handle
;
5494 else if (win_y
< XINT (bar
->end
) + VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_MIN_HANDLE
)
5495 *part
= scroll_bar_handle
;
5497 *part
= scroll_bar_below_handle
;
5499 XSETINT (*x
, win_y
);
5500 XSETINT (*y
, top_range
);
5503 last_mouse_scroll_bar
= Qnil
;
5506 *time
= last_mouse_movement_time
;
5512 /* The screen has been cleared so we may have changed foreground or
5513 background colors, and the scroll bars may need to be redrawn.
5514 Clear out the scroll bars, and ask for expose events, so we can
5518 x_scroll_bar_clear (f
)
5521 #ifndef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5524 /* We can have scroll bars even if this is 0,
5525 if we just turned off scroll bar mode.
5526 But in that case we should not clear them. */
5527 if (FRAME_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BARS (f
))
5528 for (bar
= FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f
); VECTORP (bar
);
5529 bar
= XSCROLL_BAR (bar
)->next
)
5530 XClearArea (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
5531 SCROLL_BAR_X_WINDOW (XSCROLL_BAR (bar
)),
5533 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5537 /* The main X event-reading loop - XTread_socket. */
5540 /* Time stamp of enter window event. This is only used by XTread_socket,
5541 but we have to put it out here, since static variables within functions
5542 sometimes don't work. */
5544 static Time enter_timestamp
;
5547 /* This holds the state XLookupString needs to implement dead keys
5548 and other tricks known as "compose processing". _X Window System_
5549 says that a portable program can't use this, but Stephen Gildea assures
5550 me that letting the compiler initialize it to zeros will work okay.
5552 This must be defined outside of XTread_socket, for the same reasons
5553 given for enter_timestamp, above. */
5555 static XComposeStatus compose_status
;
5557 /* Record the last 100 characters stored
5558 to help debug the loss-of-chars-during-GC problem. */
5560 static int temp_index
;
5561 static short temp_buffer
[100];
5563 #define STORE_KEYSYM_FOR_DEBUG(keysym) \
5564 if (temp_index == sizeof temp_buffer / sizeof (short)) \
5566 temp_buffer[temp_index++] = (keysym)
5568 /* Set this to nonzero to fake an "X I/O error"
5569 on a particular display. */
5571 struct x_display_info
*XTread_socket_fake_io_error
;
5573 /* When we find no input here, we occasionally do a no-op command
5574 to verify that the X server is still running and we can still talk with it.
5575 We try all the open displays, one by one.
5576 This variable is used for cycling thru the displays. */
5578 static struct x_display_info
*next_noop_dpyinfo
;
5580 #define SET_SAVED_MENU_EVENT(size) \
5583 if (f->output_data.x->saved_menu_event == 0) \
5584 f->output_data.x->saved_menu_event \
5585 = (XEvent *) xmalloc (sizeof (XEvent)); \
5586 bcopy (&event, f->output_data.x->saved_menu_event, size); \
5587 inev.ie.kind = MENU_BAR_ACTIVATE_EVENT; \
5588 XSETFRAME (inev.ie.frame_or_window, f); \
5592 #define SET_SAVED_BUTTON_EVENT SET_SAVED_MENU_EVENT (sizeof (XButtonEvent))
5593 #define SET_SAVED_KEY_EVENT SET_SAVED_MENU_EVENT (sizeof (XKeyEvent))
5603 /* Filter events for the current X input method.
5604 DPYINFO is the display this event is for.
5605 EVENT is the X event to filter.
5607 Returns non-zero if the event was filtered, caller shall not process
5609 Returns zero if event is wasn't filtered. */
5613 x_filter_event (dpyinfo
, event
)
5614 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
5617 /* XFilterEvent returns non-zero if the input method has
5618 consumed the event. We pass the frame's X window to
5619 XFilterEvent because that's the one for which the IC
5622 struct frame
*f1
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
,
5623 event
->xclient
.window
);
5625 return XFilterEvent (event
, f1
? FRAME_X_WINDOW (f1
) : None
);
5630 static int current_count
;
5631 static int current_finish
;
5632 static struct input_event
*current_hold_quit
;
5634 /* This is the filter function invoked by the GTK event loop.
5635 It is invoked before the XEvent is translated to a GdkEvent,
5636 so we have a chance to act on the event before GTK. */
5637 static GdkFilterReturn
5638 event_handler_gdk (gxev
, ev
, data
)
5643 XEvent
*xev
= (XEvent
*) gxev
;
5645 if (current_count
>= 0)
5647 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
5649 dpyinfo
= x_display_info_for_display (xev
->xany
.display
);
5652 /* Filter events for the current X input method.
5653 GTK calls XFilterEvent but not for key press and release,
5654 so we do it here. */
5655 if (xev
->type
== KeyPress
|| xev
->type
== KeyRelease
)
5656 if (dpyinfo
&& x_filter_event (dpyinfo
, xev
))
5657 return GDK_FILTER_REMOVE
;
5661 current_finish
= X_EVENT_NORMAL
;
5665 handle_one_xevent (dpyinfo
, xev
, ¤t_finish
,
5670 current_finish
= x_dispatch_event (xev
, xev
->xany
.display
);
5672 if (current_finish
== X_EVENT_GOTO_OUT
|| current_finish
== X_EVENT_DROP
)
5673 return GDK_FILTER_REMOVE
;
5675 return GDK_FILTER_CONTINUE
;
5677 #endif /* USE_GTK */
5680 /* Handles the XEvent EVENT on display DPYINFO.
5682 *FINISH is X_EVENT_GOTO_OUT if caller should stop reading events.
5683 *FINISH is zero if caller should continue reading events.
5684 *FINISH is X_EVENT_DROP if event should not be passed to the toolkit.
5686 We return the number of characters stored into the buffer. */
5689 handle_one_xevent (dpyinfo
, eventp
, finish
, hold_quit
)
5690 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
5693 struct input_event
*hold_quit
;
5696 struct input_event ie
;
5697 struct selection_input_event sie
;
5703 struct coding_system coding
;
5704 XEvent event
= *eventp
;
5706 *finish
= X_EVENT_NORMAL
;
5708 EVENT_INIT (inev
.ie
);
5709 inev
.ie
.kind
= NO_EVENT
;
5716 if (event
.xclient
.message_type
5717 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_protocols
5718 && event
.xclient
.format
== 32)
5720 if (event
.xclient
.data
.l
[0]
5721 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_take_focus
)
5723 /* Use x_any_window_to_frame because this
5724 could be the shell widget window
5725 if the frame has no title bar. */
5726 f
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xclient
.window
);
5728 /* Not quite sure this is needed -pd */
5729 if (f
&& FRAME_XIC (f
))
5730 XSetICFocus (FRAME_XIC (f
));
5732 #if 0 /* Emacs sets WM hints whose `input' field is `true'. This
5733 instructs the WM to set the input focus automatically for
5734 Emacs with a call to XSetInputFocus. Setting WM_TAKE_FOCUS
5735 tells the WM to send us a ClientMessage WM_TAKE_FOCUS after
5736 it has set the focus. So, XSetInputFocus below is not
5739 The call to XSetInputFocus below has also caused trouble. In
5740 cases where the XSetInputFocus done by the WM and the one
5741 below are temporally close (on a fast machine), the call
5742 below can generate additional FocusIn events which confuse
5745 /* Since we set WM_TAKE_FOCUS, we must call
5746 XSetInputFocus explicitly. But not if f is null,
5747 since that might be an event for a deleted frame. */
5750 Display
*d
= event
.xclient
.display
;
5751 /* Catch and ignore errors, in case window has been
5752 iconified by a window manager such as GWM. */
5754 XSetInputFocus (d
, event
.xclient
.window
,
5755 /* The ICCCM says this is
5756 the only valid choice. */
5758 event
.xclient
.data
.l
[1]);
5759 /* This is needed to detect the error
5760 if there is an error. */
5762 x_uncatch_errors ();
5764 /* Not certain about handling scroll bars here */
5769 if (event
.xclient
.data
.l
[0]
5770 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_save_yourself
)
5772 /* Save state modify the WM_COMMAND property to
5773 something which can reinstate us. This notifies
5774 the session manager, who's looking for such a
5775 PropertyNotify. Can restart processing when
5776 a keyboard or mouse event arrives. */
5777 /* If we have a session manager, don't set this.
5778 KDE will then start two Emacsen, one for the
5779 session manager and one for this. */
5781 if (! x_session_have_connection ())
5784 f
= x_top_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
,
5785 event
.xclient
.window
);
5786 /* This is just so we only give real data once
5787 for a single Emacs process. */
5788 if (f
== SELECTED_FRAME ())
5789 XSetCommand (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
5790 event
.xclient
.window
,
5791 initial_argv
, initial_argc
);
5793 XSetCommand (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
5794 event
.xclient
.window
,
5800 if (event
.xclient
.data
.l
[0]
5801 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_delete_window
)
5803 f
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
,
5804 event
.xclient
.window
);
5806 goto OTHER
; /* May be a dialog that is to be removed */
5808 inev
.ie
.kind
= DELETE_WINDOW_EVENT
;
5809 XSETFRAME (inev
.ie
.frame_or_window
, f
);
5816 if (event
.xclient
.message_type
5817 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_configure_denied
)
5822 if (event
.xclient
.message_type
5823 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_window_moved
)
5826 f
= x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xclient
.window
);
5828 new_x
= event
.xclient
.data
.s
[0];
5829 new_y
= event
.xclient
.data
.s
[1];
5833 f
->left_pos
= new_x
;
5840 if (event
.xclient
.message_type
5841 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_editres
)
5843 f
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xclient
.window
);
5845 _XEditResCheckMessages (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
, NULL
,
5849 #endif /* HACK_EDITRES */
5851 if ((event
.xclient
.message_type
5852 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_DONE
)
5853 || (event
.xclient
.message_type
5854 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_PAGE
))
5856 /* Ghostview job completed. Kill it. We could
5857 reply with "Next" if we received "Page", but we
5858 currently never do because we are interested in
5859 images, only, which should have 1 page. */
5860 Pixmap pixmap
= (Pixmap
) event
.xclient
.data
.l
[1];
5861 f
= x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xclient
.window
);
5864 x_kill_gs_process (pixmap
, f
);
5865 expose_frame (f
, 0, 0, 0, 0);
5869 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5870 /* Scroll bar callbacks send a ClientMessage from which
5871 we construct an input_event. */
5872 if (event
.xclient
.message_type
5873 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_Scrollbar
)
5875 x_scroll_bar_to_input_event (&event
, &inev
.ie
);
5876 *finish
= X_EVENT_GOTO_OUT
;
5879 #endif /* USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5881 f
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xclient
.window
);
5884 if (x_handle_dnd_message (f
, &event
.xclient
, dpyinfo
, &inev
.ie
))
5885 *finish
= X_EVENT_DROP
;
5889 case SelectionNotify
:
5890 last_user_time
= event
.xselection
.time
;
5891 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
5892 if (! x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xselection
.requestor
))
5894 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
5895 x_handle_selection_notify (&event
.xselection
);
5898 case SelectionClear
: /* Someone has grabbed ownership. */
5899 last_user_time
= event
.xselectionclear
.time
;
5900 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
5901 if (! x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xselectionclear
.window
))
5903 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
5905 XSelectionClearEvent
*eventp
= (XSelectionClearEvent
*) &event
;
5907 inev
.ie
.kind
= SELECTION_CLEAR_EVENT
;
5908 SELECTION_EVENT_DISPLAY (&inev
.sie
) = eventp
->display
;
5909 SELECTION_EVENT_SELECTION (&inev
.sie
) = eventp
->selection
;
5910 SELECTION_EVENT_TIME (&inev
.sie
) = eventp
->time
;
5911 inev
.ie
.frame_or_window
= Qnil
;
5915 case SelectionRequest
: /* Someone wants our selection. */
5916 last_user_time
= event
.xselectionrequest
.time
;
5917 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
5918 if (!x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xselectionrequest
.owner
))
5920 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
5922 XSelectionRequestEvent
*eventp
5923 = (XSelectionRequestEvent
*) &event
;
5925 inev
.ie
.kind
= SELECTION_REQUEST_EVENT
;
5926 SELECTION_EVENT_DISPLAY (&inev
.sie
) = eventp
->display
;
5927 SELECTION_EVENT_REQUESTOR (&inev
.sie
) = eventp
->requestor
;
5928 SELECTION_EVENT_SELECTION (&inev
.sie
) = eventp
->selection
;
5929 SELECTION_EVENT_TARGET (&inev
.sie
) = eventp
->target
;
5930 SELECTION_EVENT_PROPERTY (&inev
.sie
) = eventp
->property
;
5931 SELECTION_EVENT_TIME (&inev
.sie
) = eventp
->time
;
5932 inev
.ie
.frame_or_window
= Qnil
;
5936 case PropertyNotify
:
5937 last_user_time
= event
.xproperty
.time
;
5938 #if 0 /* This is plain wrong. In the case that we are waiting for a
5939 PropertyNotify used as an ACK in incremental selection
5940 transfer, the property will be on the receiver's window. */
5941 #if defined USE_X_TOOLKIT
5942 if (!x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xproperty
.window
))
5946 x_handle_property_notify (&event
.xproperty
);
5949 case ReparentNotify
:
5950 f
= x_top_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xreparent
.window
);
5954 f
->output_data
.x
->parent_desc
= event
.xreparent
.parent
;
5955 x_real_positions (f
, &x
, &y
);
5959 /* Perhaps reparented due to a WM restart. Reset this. */
5960 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->wm_type
= X_WMTYPE_UNKNOWN
;
5961 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->net_supported_window
= 0;
5966 f
= x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xexpose
.window
);
5969 x_check_fullscreen (f
);
5972 /* This seems to be needed for GTK 2.6. */
5973 x_clear_area (event
.xexpose
.display
,
5974 event
.xexpose
.window
,
5975 event
.xexpose
.x
, event
.xexpose
.y
,
5976 event
.xexpose
.width
, event
.xexpose
.height
,
5979 if (f
->async_visible
== 0)
5981 f
->async_visible
= 1;
5982 f
->async_iconified
= 0;
5983 f
->output_data
.x
->has_been_visible
= 1;
5984 SET_FRAME_GARBAGED (f
);
5988 event
.xexpose
.x
, event
.xexpose
.y
,
5989 event
.xexpose
.width
, event
.xexpose
.height
);
5993 #ifndef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5994 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
5996 #if defined USE_LUCID
5997 /* Submenus of the Lucid menu bar aren't widgets
5998 themselves, so there's no way to dispatch events
5999 to them. Recognize this case separately. */
6002 = x_window_to_menu_bar (event
.xexpose
.window
);
6004 xlwmenu_redisplay (widget
);
6006 #endif /* USE_LUCID */
6008 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
6009 /* Dispatch event to the widget. */
6011 #else /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
6012 bar
= x_window_to_scroll_bar (event
.xexpose
.display
,
6013 event
.xexpose
.window
);
6016 x_scroll_bar_expose (bar
, &event
);
6017 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
6020 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
6021 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
6025 case GraphicsExpose
: /* This occurs when an XCopyArea's
6026 source area was obscured or not
6028 f
= x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xgraphicsexpose
.drawable
);
6032 event
.xgraphicsexpose
.x
, event
.xgraphicsexpose
.y
,
6033 event
.xgraphicsexpose
.width
,
6034 event
.xgraphicsexpose
.height
);
6036 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
6039 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
6042 case NoExpose
: /* This occurs when an XCopyArea's
6043 source area was completely
6048 /* Redo the mouse-highlight after the tooltip has gone. */
6049 if (event
.xmap
.window
== tip_window
)
6052 redo_mouse_highlight ();
6055 f
= x_top_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xunmap
.window
);
6056 if (f
) /* F may no longer exist if
6057 the frame was deleted. */
6059 /* While a frame is unmapped, display generation is
6060 disabled; you don't want to spend time updating a
6061 display that won't ever be seen. */
6062 f
->async_visible
= 0;
6063 /* We can't distinguish, from the event, whether the window
6064 has become iconified or invisible. So assume, if it
6065 was previously visible, than now it is iconified.
6066 But x_make_frame_invisible clears both
6067 the visible flag and the iconified flag;
6068 and that way, we know the window is not iconified now. */
6069 if (FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
) || FRAME_ICONIFIED_P (f
))
6071 f
->async_iconified
= 1;
6073 inev
.ie
.kind
= ICONIFY_EVENT
;
6074 XSETFRAME (inev
.ie
.frame_or_window
, f
);
6080 if (event
.xmap
.window
== tip_window
)
6081 /* The tooltip has been drawn already. Avoid
6082 the SET_FRAME_GARBAGED below. */
6085 /* We use x_top_window_to_frame because map events can
6086 come for sub-windows and they don't mean that the
6087 frame is visible. */
6088 f
= x_top_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xmap
.window
);
6091 /* wait_reading_process_output will notice this and update
6092 the frame's display structures.
6093 If we where iconified, we should not set garbaged,
6094 because that stops redrawing on Expose events. This looks
6095 bad if we are called from a recursive event loop
6096 (x_dispatch_event), for example when a dialog is up. */
6097 if (! f
->async_iconified
)
6098 SET_FRAME_GARBAGED (f
);
6100 f
->async_visible
= 1;
6101 f
->async_iconified
= 0;
6102 f
->output_data
.x
->has_been_visible
= 1;
6106 inev
.ie
.kind
= DEICONIFY_EVENT
;
6107 XSETFRAME (inev
.ie
.frame_or_window
, f
);
6109 else if (! NILP (Vframe_list
)
6110 && ! NILP (XCDR (Vframe_list
)))
6111 /* Force a redisplay sooner or later
6112 to update the frame titles
6113 in case this is the second frame. */
6114 record_asynch_buffer_change ();
6120 last_user_time
= event
.xkey
.time
;
6121 ignore_next_mouse_click_timeout
= 0;
6123 #if defined (USE_X_TOOLKIT) || defined (USE_GTK)
6124 /* Dispatch KeyPress events when in menu. */
6125 if (popup_activated ())
6129 f
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xkey
.window
);
6131 /* If mouse-highlight is an integer, input clears out
6132 mouse highlighting. */
6133 if (!dpyinfo
->mouse_face_hidden
&& INTEGERP (Vmouse_highlight
)
6135 || !EQ (f
->tool_bar_window
, dpyinfo
->mouse_face_window
)))
6137 clear_mouse_face (dpyinfo
);
6138 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_hidden
= 1;
6141 #if defined USE_MOTIF && defined USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
6144 /* Scroll bars consume key events, but we want
6145 the keys to go to the scroll bar's frame. */
6146 Widget widget
= XtWindowToWidget (dpyinfo
->display
,
6148 if (widget
&& XmIsScrollBar (widget
))
6150 widget
= XtParent (widget
);
6151 f
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, XtWindow (widget
));
6154 #endif /* USE_MOTIF and USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
6158 KeySym keysym
, orig_keysym
;
6159 /* al%imercury@uunet.uu.net says that making this 81
6160 instead of 80 fixed a bug whereby meta chars made
6163 It seems that some version of XmbLookupString has
6164 a bug of not returning XBufferOverflow in
6165 status_return even if the input is too long to
6166 fit in 81 bytes. So, we must prepare sufficient
6167 bytes for copy_buffer. 513 bytes (256 chars for
6168 two-byte character set) seems to be a fairly good
6169 approximation. -- 2000.8.10 handa@etl.go.jp */
6170 unsigned char copy_buffer
[513];
6171 unsigned char *copy_bufptr
= copy_buffer
;
6172 int copy_bufsiz
= sizeof (copy_buffer
);
6174 Lisp_Object coding_system
= Qlatin_1
;
6178 /* Don't pass keys to GTK. A Tab will shift focus to the
6179 tool bar in GTK 2.4. Keys will still go to menus and
6180 dialogs because in that case popup_activated is TRUE
6182 *finish
= X_EVENT_DROP
;
6186 |= x_emacs_to_x_modifiers (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
),
6187 extra_keyboard_modifiers
);
6188 modifiers
= event
.xkey
.state
;
6190 /* This will have to go some day... */
6192 /* make_lispy_event turns chars into control chars.
6193 Don't do it here because XLookupString is too eager. */
6194 event
.xkey
.state
&= ~ControlMask
;
6195 event
.xkey
.state
&= ~(dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
6196 | dpyinfo
->super_mod_mask
6197 | dpyinfo
->hyper_mod_mask
6198 | dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
);
6200 /* In case Meta is ComposeCharacter,
6201 clear its status. According to Markus Ehrnsperger
6202 Markus.Ehrnsperger@lehrstuhl-bross.physik.uni-muenchen.de
6203 this enables ComposeCharacter to work whether or
6204 not it is combined with Meta. */
6205 if (modifiers
& dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
)
6206 bzero (&compose_status
, sizeof (compose_status
));
6211 Status status_return
;
6213 coding_system
= Vlocale_coding_system
;
6214 nbytes
= XmbLookupString (FRAME_XIC (f
),
6215 &event
.xkey
, copy_bufptr
,
6216 copy_bufsiz
, &keysym
,
6218 if (status_return
== XBufferOverflow
)
6220 copy_bufsiz
= nbytes
+ 1;
6221 copy_bufptr
= (unsigned char *) alloca (copy_bufsiz
);
6222 nbytes
= XmbLookupString (FRAME_XIC (f
),
6223 &event
.xkey
, copy_bufptr
,
6224 copy_bufsiz
, &keysym
,
6227 /* Xutf8LookupString is a new but already deprecated interface. -stef */
6228 #if 0 && defined X_HAVE_UTF8_STRING
6229 else if (status_return
== XLookupKeySym
)
6230 { /* Try again but with utf-8. */
6231 coding_system
= Qutf_8
;
6232 nbytes
= Xutf8LookupString (FRAME_XIC (f
),
6233 &event
.xkey
, copy_bufptr
,
6234 copy_bufsiz
, &keysym
,
6236 if (status_return
== XBufferOverflow
)
6238 copy_bufsiz
= nbytes
+ 1;
6239 copy_bufptr
= (unsigned char *) alloca (copy_bufsiz
);
6240 nbytes
= Xutf8LookupString (FRAME_XIC (f
),
6243 copy_bufsiz
, &keysym
,
6249 if (status_return
== XLookupNone
)
6251 else if (status_return
== XLookupChars
)
6256 else if (status_return
!= XLookupKeySym
6257 && status_return
!= XLookupBoth
)
6261 nbytes
= XLookupString (&event
.xkey
, copy_bufptr
,
6262 copy_bufsiz
, &keysym
,
6265 nbytes
= XLookupString (&event
.xkey
, copy_bufptr
,
6266 copy_bufsiz
, &keysym
,
6270 /* If not using XIM/XIC, and a compose sequence is in progress,
6271 we break here. Otherwise, chars_matched is always 0. */
6272 if (compose_status
.chars_matched
> 0 && nbytes
== 0)
6275 bzero (&compose_status
, sizeof (compose_status
));
6276 orig_keysym
= keysym
;
6278 /* Common for all keysym input events. */
6279 XSETFRAME (inev
.ie
.frame_or_window
, f
);
6281 = x_x_to_emacs_modifiers (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
), modifiers
);
6282 inev
.ie
.timestamp
= event
.xkey
.time
;
6284 /* First deal with keysyms which have defined
6285 translations to characters. */
6286 if (keysym
>= 32 && keysym
< 128)
6287 /* Avoid explicitly decoding each ASCII character. */
6289 inev
.ie
.kind
= ASCII_KEYSTROKE_EVENT
;
6290 inev
.ie
.code
= keysym
;
6294 /* Keysyms directly mapped to supported Unicode characters. */
6295 if ((keysym
>= 0x01000000 && keysym
<= 0x010033ff)
6296 || (keysym
>= 0x0100e000 && keysym
<= 0x0100ffff))
6298 int code
= keysym
& 0xFFFF, charset_id
, c1
, c2
;
6302 inev
.ie
.kind
= ASCII_KEYSTROKE_EVENT
;
6303 inev
.ie
.code
= code
;
6305 else if (code
< 0x100)
6308 charset_id
= CHARSET_8_BIT_CONTROL
;
6310 charset_id
= charset_latin_iso8859_1
;
6311 inev
.ie
.kind
= MULTIBYTE_CHAR_KEYSTROKE_EVENT
;
6312 inev
.ie
.code
= MAKE_CHAR (charset_id
, code
, 0);
6317 charset_id
= charset_mule_unicode_0100_24ff
,
6319 else if (code
< 0xE000)
6320 charset_id
= charset_mule_unicode_2500_33ff
,
6323 charset_id
= charset_mule_unicode_e000_ffff
,
6325 c1
= (code
/ 96) + 32, c2
= (code
% 96) + 32;
6326 inev
.ie
.kind
= MULTIBYTE_CHAR_KEYSTROKE_EVENT
;
6327 inev
.ie
.code
= MAKE_CHAR (charset_id
, c1
, c2
);
6332 /* Now non-ASCII. */
6333 if (HASH_TABLE_P (Vx_keysym_table
)
6334 && (NATNUMP (c
= Fgethash (make_number (keysym
),
6338 inev
.ie
.kind
= (SINGLE_BYTE_CHAR_P (XFASTINT (c
))
6339 ? ASCII_KEYSTROKE_EVENT
6340 : MULTIBYTE_CHAR_KEYSTROKE_EVENT
);
6341 inev
.ie
.code
= XFASTINT (c
);
6345 /* Random non-modifier sorts of keysyms. */
6346 if (((keysym
>= XK_BackSpace
&& keysym
<= XK_Escape
)
6347 || keysym
== XK_Delete
6348 #ifdef XK_ISO_Left_Tab
6349 || (keysym
>= XK_ISO_Left_Tab
6350 && keysym
<= XK_ISO_Enter
)
6352 || IsCursorKey (keysym
) /* 0xff50 <= x < 0xff60 */
6353 || IsMiscFunctionKey (keysym
) /* 0xff60 <= x < VARIES */
6355 /* This recognizes the "extended function
6356 keys". It seems there's no cleaner way.
6357 Test IsModifierKey to avoid handling
6358 mode_switch incorrectly. */
6359 || ((unsigned) (keysym
) >= XK_Select
6360 && (unsigned)(keysym
) < XK_KP_Space
)
6362 #ifdef XK_dead_circumflex
6363 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_circumflex
6365 #ifdef XK_dead_grave
6366 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_grave
6368 #ifdef XK_dead_tilde
6369 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_tilde
6371 #ifdef XK_dead_diaeresis
6372 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_diaeresis
6374 #ifdef XK_dead_macron
6375 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_macron
6377 #ifdef XK_dead_degree
6378 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_degree
6380 #ifdef XK_dead_acute
6381 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_acute
6383 #ifdef XK_dead_cedilla
6384 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_cedilla
6386 #ifdef XK_dead_breve
6387 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_breve
6389 #ifdef XK_dead_ogonek
6390 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_ogonek
6392 #ifdef XK_dead_caron
6393 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_caron
6395 #ifdef XK_dead_doubleacute
6396 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_doubleacute
6398 #ifdef XK_dead_abovedot
6399 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_abovedot
6401 || IsKeypadKey (keysym
) /* 0xff80 <= x < 0xffbe */
6402 || IsFunctionKey (keysym
) /* 0xffbe <= x < 0xffe1 */
6403 /* Any "vendor-specific" key is ok. */
6404 || (orig_keysym
& (1 << 28))
6405 || (keysym
!= NoSymbol
&& nbytes
== 0))
6406 && ! (IsModifierKey (orig_keysym
)
6408 #ifdef XK_Mode_switch
6409 || ((unsigned)(orig_keysym
) == XK_Mode_switch
)
6412 || ((unsigned)(orig_keysym
) == XK_Num_Lock
)
6414 #endif /* not HAVE_X11R5 */
6415 /* The symbols from XK_ISO_Lock
6416 to XK_ISO_Last_Group_Lock
6417 don't have real modifiers but
6418 should be treated similarly to
6419 Mode_switch by Emacs. */
6420 #if defined XK_ISO_Lock && defined XK_ISO_Last_Group_Lock
6421 || ((unsigned)(orig_keysym
)
6423 && (unsigned)(orig_keysym
)
6424 <= XK_ISO_Last_Group_Lock
)
6428 STORE_KEYSYM_FOR_DEBUG (keysym
);
6429 /* make_lispy_event will convert this to a symbolic
6431 inev
.ie
.kind
= NON_ASCII_KEYSTROKE_EVENT
;
6432 inev
.ie
.code
= keysym
;
6436 { /* Raw bytes, not keysym. */
6441 /* The input should be decoded with `coding_system'
6442 which depends on which X*LookupString function
6443 we used just above and the locale. */
6444 setup_coding_system (coding_system
, &coding
);
6445 coding
.src_multibyte
= 0;
6446 coding
.dst_multibyte
= 1;
6447 /* The input is converted to events, thus we can't
6448 handle composition. Anyway, there's no XIM that
6449 gives us composition information. */
6450 coding
.composing
= COMPOSITION_DISABLED
;
6452 for (i
= 0; i
< nbytes
; i
++)
6454 STORE_KEYSYM_FOR_DEBUG (copy_bufptr
[i
]);
6458 /* Decode the input data. */
6462 require
= decoding_buffer_size (&coding
, nbytes
);
6463 p
= (unsigned char *) alloca (require
);
6464 coding
.mode
|= CODING_MODE_LAST_BLOCK
;
6465 /* We explicitly disable composition handling because
6466 key data should not contain any composition sequence. */
6467 coding
.composing
= COMPOSITION_DISABLED
;
6468 decode_coding (&coding
, copy_bufptr
, p
, nbytes
, require
);
6469 nbytes
= coding
.produced
;
6470 nchars
= coding
.produced_char
;
6474 /* Convert the input data to a sequence of
6475 character events. */
6476 for (i
= 0; i
< nbytes
; i
+= len
)
6478 if (nchars
== nbytes
)
6479 c
= copy_bufptr
[i
], len
= 1;
6481 c
= STRING_CHAR_AND_LENGTH (copy_bufptr
+ i
,
6483 inev
.ie
.kind
= (SINGLE_BYTE_CHAR_P (c
)
6484 ? ASCII_KEYSTROKE_EVENT
6485 : MULTIBYTE_CHAR_KEYSTROKE_EVENT
);
6487 kbd_buffer_store_event_hold (&inev
.ie
, hold_quit
);
6490 /* Previous code updated count by nchars rather than nbytes,
6491 but that seems bogus to me. ++kfs */
6494 inev
.ie
.kind
= NO_EVENT
; /* Already stored above. */
6496 if (keysym
== NoSymbol
)
6502 /* Don't dispatch this event since XtDispatchEvent calls
6503 XFilterEvent, and two calls in a row may freeze the
6511 last_user_time
= event
.xkey
.time
;
6513 /* Don't dispatch this event since XtDispatchEvent calls
6514 XFilterEvent, and two calls in a row may freeze the
6522 last_user_time
= event
.xcrossing
.time
;
6523 x_detect_focus_change (dpyinfo
, &event
, &inev
.ie
);
6525 f
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xcrossing
.window
);
6527 if (f
&& x_mouse_click_focus_ignore_position
)
6528 ignore_next_mouse_click_timeout
= event
.xmotion
.time
+ 200;
6531 if (event
.xcrossing
.focus
)
6533 /* Avoid nasty pop/raise loops. */
6534 if (f
&& (!(f
->auto_raise
)
6536 || (event
.xcrossing
.time
- enter_timestamp
) > 500))
6538 x_new_focus_frame (dpyinfo
, f
);
6539 enter_timestamp
= event
.xcrossing
.time
;
6542 else if (f
== dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
)
6543 x_new_focus_frame (dpyinfo
, 0);
6546 /* EnterNotify counts as mouse movement,
6547 so update things that depend on mouse position. */
6548 if (f
&& !f
->output_data
.x
->hourglass_p
)
6549 note_mouse_movement (f
, &event
.xmotion
);
6551 /* We may get an EnterNotify on the buttons in the toolbar. In that
6552 case we moved out of any highlighted area and need to note this. */
6553 if (!f
&& last_mouse_glyph_frame
)
6554 note_mouse_movement (last_mouse_glyph_frame
, &event
);
6559 x_detect_focus_change (dpyinfo
, &event
, &inev
.ie
);
6563 last_user_time
= event
.xcrossing
.time
;
6564 x_detect_focus_change (dpyinfo
, &event
, &inev
.ie
);
6566 f
= x_top_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xcrossing
.window
);
6569 if (f
== dpyinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
)
6571 /* If we move outside the frame, then we're
6572 certainly no longer on any text in the frame. */
6573 clear_mouse_face (dpyinfo
);
6574 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
= 0;
6577 /* Generate a nil HELP_EVENT to cancel a help-echo.
6578 Do it only if there's something to cancel.
6579 Otherwise, the startup message is cleared when
6580 the mouse leaves the frame. */
6581 if (any_help_event_p
)
6585 /* See comment in EnterNotify above */
6586 else if (last_mouse_glyph_frame
)
6587 note_mouse_movement (last_mouse_glyph_frame
, &event
);
6592 x_detect_focus_change (dpyinfo
, &event
, &inev
.ie
);
6597 last_user_time
= event
.xmotion
.time
;
6598 previous_help_echo_string
= help_echo_string
;
6599 help_echo_string
= Qnil
;
6601 if (dpyinfo
->grabbed
&& last_mouse_frame
6602 && FRAME_LIVE_P (last_mouse_frame
))
6603 f
= last_mouse_frame
;
6605 f
= x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xmotion
.window
);
6607 if (dpyinfo
->mouse_face_hidden
)
6609 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_hidden
= 0;
6610 clear_mouse_face (dpyinfo
);
6616 /* Generate SELECT_WINDOW_EVENTs when needed. */
6617 if (!NILP (Vmouse_autoselect_window
))
6621 window
= window_from_coordinates (f
,
6622 event
.xmotion
.x
, event
.xmotion
.y
,
6625 /* Window will be selected only when it is not selected now and
6626 last mouse movement event was not in it. Minibuffer window
6627 will be selected only when it is active. */
6628 if (WINDOWP (window
)
6629 && !EQ (window
, last_window
)
6630 && !EQ (window
, selected_window
))
6632 inev
.ie
.kind
= SELECT_WINDOW_EVENT
;
6633 inev
.ie
.frame_or_window
= window
;
6638 if (!note_mouse_movement (f
, &event
.xmotion
))
6639 help_echo_string
= previous_help_echo_string
;
6643 #ifndef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
6644 struct scroll_bar
*bar
6645 = x_window_to_scroll_bar (event
.xmotion
.display
,
6646 event
.xmotion
.window
);
6649 x_scroll_bar_note_movement (bar
, &event
);
6650 #endif /* USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
6652 /* If we move outside the frame, then we're
6653 certainly no longer on any text in the frame. */
6654 clear_mouse_face (dpyinfo
);
6657 /* If the contents of the global variable help_echo_string
6658 has changed, generate a HELP_EVENT. */
6659 if (!NILP (help_echo_string
)
6660 || !NILP (previous_help_echo_string
))
6665 case ConfigureNotify
:
6666 f
= x_top_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xconfigure
.window
);
6669 #ifndef USE_X_TOOLKIT
6671 xg_resize_widgets (f
, event
.xconfigure
.width
,
6672 event
.xconfigure
.height
);
6673 #else /* not USE_GTK */
6674 /* If there is a pending resize for fullscreen, don't
6675 do this one, the right one will come later.
6676 The toolkit version doesn't seem to need this, but we
6677 need to reset it below. */
6679 = ((f
->want_fullscreen
& FULLSCREEN_WAIT
)
6680 && f
->new_text_cols
!= 0);
6681 int rows
= FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT_TO_TEXT_LINES (f
, event
.xconfigure
.height
);
6682 int columns
= FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH_TO_TEXT_COLS (f
, event
.xconfigure
.width
);
6687 /* In the toolkit version, change_frame_size
6688 is called by the code that handles resizing
6689 of the EmacsFrame widget. */
6691 /* Even if the number of character rows and columns has
6692 not changed, the font size may have changed, so we need
6693 to check the pixel dimensions as well. */
6694 if (columns
!= FRAME_COLS (f
)
6695 || rows
!= FRAME_LINES (f
)
6696 || event
.xconfigure
.width
!= FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
)
6697 || event
.xconfigure
.height
!= FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
))
6699 change_frame_size (f
, rows
, columns
, 0, 1, 0);
6700 SET_FRAME_GARBAGED (f
);
6701 cancel_mouse_face (f
);
6703 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
6706 FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
) = event
.xconfigure
.width
;
6707 FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
) = event
.xconfigure
.height
;
6710 /* GTK creates windows but doesn't map them.
6711 Only get real positions and check fullscreen when mapped. */
6712 if (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
)
6713 && GTK_WIDGET_MAPPED (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
)))
6716 x_real_positions (f
, &f
->left_pos
, &f
->top_pos
);
6718 if (f
->want_fullscreen
& FULLSCREEN_WAIT
)
6719 f
->want_fullscreen
&= ~(FULLSCREEN_WAIT
|FULLSCREEN_BOTH
);
6723 if (FRAME_XIC (f
) && (FRAME_XIC_STYLE (f
) & XIMStatusArea
))
6724 xic_set_statusarea (f
);
6727 if (f
->output_data
.x
->parent_desc
!= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->root_window
)
6729 /* Since the WM decorations come below top_pos now,
6730 we must put them below top_pos in the future. */
6731 f
->win_gravity
= NorthWestGravity
;
6732 x_wm_set_size_hint (f
, (long) 0, 0);
6740 /* If we decide we want to generate an event to be seen
6741 by the rest of Emacs, we put it here. */
6744 bzero (&compose_status
, sizeof (compose_status
));
6745 last_mouse_glyph_frame
= 0;
6746 last_user_time
= event
.xbutton
.time
;
6748 if (dpyinfo
->grabbed
6750 && FRAME_LIVE_P (last_mouse_frame
))
6751 f
= last_mouse_frame
;
6753 f
= x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xbutton
.window
);
6757 /* Is this in the tool-bar? */
6758 if (WINDOWP (f
->tool_bar_window
)
6759 && WINDOW_TOTAL_LINES (XWINDOW (f
->tool_bar_window
)))
6762 int x
= event
.xbutton
.x
;
6763 int y
= event
.xbutton
.y
;
6765 window
= window_from_coordinates (f
, x
, y
, 0, 0, 0, 1);
6766 tool_bar_p
= EQ (window
, f
->tool_bar_window
);
6768 if (tool_bar_p
&& event
.xbutton
.button
< 4)
6770 if (event
.xbutton
.type
== ButtonPress
)
6771 handle_tool_bar_click (f
, x
, y
, 1, 0);
6773 handle_tool_bar_click (f
, x
, y
, 0,
6774 x_x_to_emacs_modifiers (dpyinfo
,
6775 event
.xbutton
.state
));
6780 #if defined (USE_X_TOOLKIT) || defined (USE_GTK)
6781 if (! popup_activated ())
6784 if (ignore_next_mouse_click_timeout
)
6786 if (event
.type
== ButtonPress
6787 && (int)(event
.xbutton
.time
- ignore_next_mouse_click_timeout
) > 0)
6789 ignore_next_mouse_click_timeout
= 0;
6790 construct_mouse_click (&inev
.ie
, &event
.xbutton
, f
);
6792 if (event
.type
== ButtonRelease
)
6793 ignore_next_mouse_click_timeout
= 0;
6796 construct_mouse_click (&inev
.ie
, &event
.xbutton
, f
);
6801 struct scroll_bar
*bar
6802 = x_window_to_scroll_bar (event
.xbutton
.display
,
6803 event
.xbutton
.window
);
6805 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
6806 /* Make the "Ctrl-Mouse-2 splits window" work for toolkit
6808 if (bar
&& event
.xbutton
.state
& ControlMask
)
6810 x_scroll_bar_handle_click (bar
, &event
, &inev
.ie
);
6811 *finish
= X_EVENT_DROP
;
6813 #else /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
6815 x_scroll_bar_handle_click (bar
, &event
, &inev
.ie
);
6816 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
6819 if (event
.type
== ButtonPress
)
6821 dpyinfo
->grabbed
|= (1 << event
.xbutton
.button
);
6822 last_mouse_frame
= f
;
6825 last_tool_bar_item
= -1;
6828 dpyinfo
->grabbed
&= ~(1 << event
.xbutton
.button
);
6830 /* Ignore any mouse motion that happened before this event;
6831 any subsequent mouse-movement Emacs events should reflect
6832 only motion after the ButtonPress/Release. */
6836 #if defined (USE_X_TOOLKIT) || defined (USE_GTK)
6837 f
= x_menubar_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xbutton
.window
);
6838 /* For a down-event in the menu bar,
6839 don't pass it to Xt right now.
6840 Instead, save it away
6841 and we will pass it to Xt from kbd_buffer_get_event.
6842 That way, we can run some Lisp code first. */
6845 ! popup_activated ()
6848 f
&& event
.type
== ButtonPress
6849 /* Verify the event is really within the menu bar
6850 and not just sent to it due to grabbing. */
6851 && event
.xbutton
.x
>= 0
6852 && event
.xbutton
.x
< FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
)
6853 && event
.xbutton
.y
>= 0
6854 && event
.xbutton
.y
< f
->output_data
.x
->menubar_height
6855 && event
.xbutton
.same_screen
)
6857 SET_SAVED_BUTTON_EVENT
;
6858 XSETFRAME (last_mouse_press_frame
, f
);
6860 *finish
= X_EVENT_DROP
;
6863 else if (event
.type
== ButtonPress
)
6865 last_mouse_press_frame
= Qnil
;
6869 #ifdef USE_MOTIF /* This should do not harm for Lucid,
6870 but I am trying to be cautious. */
6871 else if (event
.type
== ButtonRelease
)
6873 if (!NILP (last_mouse_press_frame
))
6875 f
= XFRAME (last_mouse_press_frame
);
6876 if (f
->output_data
.x
)
6877 SET_SAVED_BUTTON_EVENT
;
6882 #endif /* USE_MOTIF */
6885 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT || USE_GTK */
6889 case CirculateNotify
:
6892 case CirculateRequest
:
6895 case VisibilityNotify
:
6899 /* Someone has changed the keyboard mapping - update the
6901 switch (event
.xmapping
.request
)
6903 case MappingModifier
:
6904 x_find_modifier_meanings (dpyinfo
);
6905 /* This is meant to fall through. */
6906 case MappingKeyboard
:
6907 XRefreshKeyboardMapping (&event
.xmapping
);
6913 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
6915 if (*finish
!= X_EVENT_DROP
)
6916 XtDispatchEvent (&event
);
6918 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
6923 if (inev
.ie
.kind
!= NO_EVENT
)
6925 kbd_buffer_store_event_hold (&inev
.ie
, hold_quit
);
6930 && !(hold_quit
&& hold_quit
->kind
!= NO_EVENT
))
6935 XSETFRAME (frame
, f
);
6941 any_help_event_p
= 1;
6942 gen_help_event (help_echo_string
, frame
, help_echo_window
,
6943 help_echo_object
, help_echo_pos
);
6947 help_echo_string
= Qnil
;
6948 gen_help_event (Qnil
, frame
, Qnil
, Qnil
, 0);
6958 /* Handles the XEvent EVENT on display DISPLAY.
6959 This is used for event loops outside the normal event handling,
6960 i.e. looping while a popup menu or a dialog is posted.
6962 Returns the value handle_one_xevent sets in the finish argument. */
6964 x_dispatch_event (event
, display
)
6968 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
6969 int finish
= X_EVENT_NORMAL
;
6971 dpyinfo
= x_display_info_for_display (display
);
6974 handle_one_xevent (dpyinfo
, event
, &finish
, 0);
6980 /* Read events coming from the X server.
6981 This routine is called by the SIGIO handler.
6982 We return as soon as there are no more events to be read.
6984 We return the number of characters stored into the buffer,
6985 thus pretending to be `read'.
6987 EXPECTED is nonzero if the caller knows input is available. */
6990 XTread_socket (sd
, expected
, hold_quit
)
6993 struct input_event
*hold_quit
;
6997 int event_found
= 0;
6998 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
7000 if (interrupt_input_blocked
)
7002 interrupt_input_pending
= 1;
7006 interrupt_input_pending
= 0;
7009 /* So people can tell when we have read the available input. */
7010 input_signal_count
++;
7014 /* Find the display we are supposed to read input for.
7015 It's the one communicating on descriptor SD. */
7016 for (dpyinfo
= x_display_list
; dpyinfo
; dpyinfo
= dpyinfo
->next
)
7018 #if 0 /* This ought to be unnecessary; let's verify it. */
7020 /* If available, Xlib uses FIOSNBIO to make the socket
7021 non-blocking, and then looks for EWOULDBLOCK. If O_NDELAY is set,
7022 FIOSNBIO is ignored, and instead of signaling EWOULDBLOCK,
7023 a read returns 0, which Xlib interprets as equivalent to EPIPE. */
7024 fcntl (dpyinfo
->connection
, F_SETFL
, 0);
7025 #endif /* ! defined (FIOSNBIO) */
7028 #if 0 /* This code can't be made to work, with multiple displays,
7029 and appears not to be used on any system any more.
7030 Also keyboard.c doesn't turn O_NDELAY on and off
7031 for X connections. */
7034 if (! (fcntl (dpyinfo
->connection
, F_GETFL
, 0) & O_NDELAY
))
7036 extern int read_alarm_should_throw
;
7037 read_alarm_should_throw
= 1;
7038 XPeekEvent (dpyinfo
->display
, &event
);
7039 read_alarm_should_throw
= 0;
7041 #endif /* HAVE_SELECT */
7045 /* For debugging, this gives a way to fake an I/O error. */
7046 if (dpyinfo
== XTread_socket_fake_io_error
)
7048 XTread_socket_fake_io_error
= 0;
7049 x_io_error_quitter (dpyinfo
->display
);
7054 struct input_event inev
;
7056 /* We don't need to EVENT_INIT (inev) here, as
7057 x_session_check_input copies an entire input_event. */
7058 if (x_session_check_input (&inev
))
7060 kbd_buffer_store_event_hold (&inev
, hold_quit
);
7068 while (XPending (dpyinfo
->display
))
7072 XNextEvent (dpyinfo
->display
, &event
);
7075 /* Filter events for the current X input method. */
7076 if (x_filter_event (dpyinfo
, &event
))
7081 count
+= handle_one_xevent (dpyinfo
, &event
, &finish
, hold_quit
);
7083 if (finish
== X_EVENT_GOTO_OUT
)
7086 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
7091 /* For GTK we must use the GTK event loop. But XEvents gets passed
7092 to our filter function above, and then to the big event switch.
7093 We use a bunch of globals to communicate with our filter function,
7094 that is kind of ugly, but it works.
7096 There is no way to do one display at the time, GTK just does events
7097 from all displays. */
7099 while (gtk_events_pending ())
7101 current_count
= count
;
7102 current_hold_quit
= hold_quit
;
7104 gtk_main_iteration ();
7106 count
= current_count
;
7108 current_hold_quit
= 0;
7110 if (current_finish
== X_EVENT_GOTO_OUT
)
7113 #endif /* USE_GTK */
7117 /* On some systems, an X bug causes Emacs to get no more events
7118 when the window is destroyed. Detect that. (1994.) */
7121 /* Emacs and the X Server eats up CPU time if XNoOp is done every time.
7122 One XNOOP in 100 loops will make Emacs terminate.
7123 B. Bretthauer, 1994 */
7125 if (x_noop_count
>= 100)
7129 if (next_noop_dpyinfo
== 0)
7130 next_noop_dpyinfo
= x_display_list
;
7132 XNoOp (next_noop_dpyinfo
->display
);
7134 /* Each time we get here, cycle through the displays now open. */
7135 next_noop_dpyinfo
= next_noop_dpyinfo
->next
;
7139 /* If the focus was just given to an auto-raising frame,
7141 /* ??? This ought to be able to handle more than one such frame. */
7142 if (pending_autoraise_frame
)
7144 x_raise_frame (pending_autoraise_frame
);
7145 pending_autoraise_frame
= 0;
7157 /***********************************************************************
7159 ***********************************************************************/
7161 /* Set clipping for output in glyph row ROW. W is the window in which
7162 we operate. GC is the graphics context to set clipping in.
7164 ROW may be a text row or, e.g., a mode line. Text rows must be
7165 clipped to the interior of the window dedicated to text display,
7166 mode lines must be clipped to the whole window. */
7169 x_clip_to_row (w
, row
, area
, gc
)
7171 struct glyph_row
*row
;
7175 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w
));
7176 XRectangle clip_rect
;
7177 int window_x
, window_y
, window_width
;
7179 window_box (w
, area
, &window_x
, &window_y
, &window_width
, 0);
7181 clip_rect
.x
= window_x
;
7182 clip_rect
.y
= WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, max (0, row
->y
));
7183 clip_rect
.y
= max (clip_rect
.y
, window_y
);
7184 clip_rect
.width
= window_width
;
7185 clip_rect
.height
= row
->visible_height
;
7187 XSetClipRectangles (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), gc
, 0, 0, &clip_rect
, 1, Unsorted
);
7191 /* Draw a hollow box cursor on window W in glyph row ROW. */
7194 x_draw_hollow_cursor (w
, row
)
7196 struct glyph_row
*row
;
7198 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w
));
7199 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
7200 Display
*dpy
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
7203 struct glyph
*cursor_glyph
;
7206 /* Get the glyph the cursor is on. If we can't tell because
7207 the current matrix is invalid or such, give up. */
7208 cursor_glyph
= get_phys_cursor_glyph (w
);
7209 if (cursor_glyph
== NULL
)
7212 /* Compute frame-relative coordinates for phys cursor. */
7213 get_phys_cursor_geometry (w
, row
, cursor_glyph
, &x
, &y
, &h
);
7214 wd
= w
->phys_cursor_width
;
7216 /* The foreground of cursor_gc is typically the same as the normal
7217 background color, which can cause the cursor box to be invisible. */
7218 xgcv
.foreground
= f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_pixel
;
7219 if (dpyinfo
->scratch_cursor_gc
)
7220 XChangeGC (dpy
, dpyinfo
->scratch_cursor_gc
, GCForeground
, &xgcv
);
7222 dpyinfo
->scratch_cursor_gc
= XCreateGC (dpy
, FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
7223 GCForeground
, &xgcv
);
7224 gc
= dpyinfo
->scratch_cursor_gc
;
7226 /* Set clipping, draw the rectangle, and reset clipping again. */
7227 x_clip_to_row (w
, row
, TEXT_AREA
, gc
);
7228 XDrawRectangle (dpy
, FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), gc
, x
, y
, wd
, h
- 1);
7229 XSetClipMask (dpy
, gc
, None
);
7233 /* Draw a bar cursor on window W in glyph row ROW.
7235 Implementation note: One would like to draw a bar cursor with an
7236 angle equal to the one given by the font property XA_ITALIC_ANGLE.
7237 Unfortunately, I didn't find a font yet that has this property set.
7241 x_draw_bar_cursor (w
, row
, width
, kind
)
7243 struct glyph_row
*row
;
7245 enum text_cursor_kinds kind
;
7247 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
);
7248 struct glyph
*cursor_glyph
;
7250 /* If cursor is out of bounds, don't draw garbage. This can happen
7251 in mini-buffer windows when switching between echo area glyphs
7253 cursor_glyph
= get_phys_cursor_glyph (w
);
7254 if (cursor_glyph
== NULL
)
7257 /* If on an image, draw like a normal cursor. That's usually better
7258 visible than drawing a bar, esp. if the image is large so that
7259 the bar might not be in the window. */
7260 if (cursor_glyph
->type
== IMAGE_GLYPH
)
7262 struct glyph_row
*row
;
7263 row
= MATRIX_ROW (w
->current_matrix
, w
->phys_cursor
.vpos
);
7264 draw_phys_cursor_glyph (w
, row
, DRAW_CURSOR
);
7268 Display
*dpy
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
7269 Window window
= FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
);
7270 GC gc
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
;
7271 unsigned long mask
= GCForeground
| GCBackground
| GCGraphicsExposures
;
7272 struct face
*face
= FACE_FROM_ID (f
, cursor_glyph
->face_id
);
7275 /* If the glyph's background equals the color we normally draw
7276 the bar cursor in, the bar cursor in its normal color is
7277 invisible. Use the glyph's foreground color instead in this
7278 case, on the assumption that the glyph's colors are chosen so
7279 that the glyph is legible. */
7280 if (face
->background
== f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_pixel
)
7281 xgcv
.background
= xgcv
.foreground
= face
->foreground
;
7283 xgcv
.background
= xgcv
.foreground
= f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_pixel
;
7284 xgcv
.graphics_exposures
= 0;
7287 XChangeGC (dpy
, gc
, mask
, &xgcv
);
7290 gc
= XCreateGC (dpy
, window
, mask
, &xgcv
);
7291 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
= gc
;
7295 width
= FRAME_CURSOR_WIDTH (f
);
7296 width
= min (cursor_glyph
->pixel_width
, width
);
7298 w
->phys_cursor_width
= width
;
7299 x_clip_to_row (w
, row
, TEXT_AREA
, gc
);
7301 if (kind
== BAR_CURSOR
)
7302 XFillRectangle (dpy
, window
, gc
,
7303 WINDOW_TEXT_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_X (w
, w
->phys_cursor
.x
),
7304 WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, w
->phys_cursor
.y
),
7305 width
, row
->height
);
7307 XFillRectangle (dpy
, window
, gc
,
7308 WINDOW_TEXT_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_X (w
, w
->phys_cursor
.x
),
7309 WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, w
->phys_cursor
.y
+
7310 row
->height
- width
),
7311 cursor_glyph
->pixel_width
,
7314 XSetClipMask (dpy
, gc
, None
);
7319 /* RIF: Define cursor CURSOR on frame F. */
7322 x_define_frame_cursor (f
, cursor
)
7326 XDefineCursor (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), cursor
);
7330 /* RIF: Clear area on frame F. */
7333 x_clear_frame_area (f
, x
, y
, width
, height
)
7335 int x
, y
, width
, height
;
7337 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
7338 x
, y
, width
, height
, False
);
7342 /* RIF: Draw cursor on window W. */
7345 x_draw_window_cursor (w
, glyph_row
, x
, y
, cursor_type
, cursor_width
, on_p
, active_p
)
7347 struct glyph_row
*glyph_row
;
7349 int cursor_type
, cursor_width
;
7352 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w
));
7356 w
->phys_cursor_type
= cursor_type
;
7357 w
->phys_cursor_on_p
= 1;
7359 if (glyph_row
->exact_window_width_line_p
7360 && w
->phys_cursor
.hpos
>= glyph_row
->used
[TEXT_AREA
])
7362 glyph_row
->cursor_in_fringe_p
= 1;
7363 draw_fringe_bitmap (w
, glyph_row
, 0);
7366 switch (cursor_type
)
7368 case HOLLOW_BOX_CURSOR
:
7369 x_draw_hollow_cursor (w
, glyph_row
);
7372 case FILLED_BOX_CURSOR
:
7373 draw_phys_cursor_glyph (w
, glyph_row
, DRAW_CURSOR
);
7377 x_draw_bar_cursor (w
, glyph_row
, cursor_width
, BAR_CURSOR
);
7381 x_draw_bar_cursor (w
, glyph_row
, cursor_width
, HBAR_CURSOR
);
7385 w
->phys_cursor_width
= 0;
7393 if (w
== XWINDOW (f
->selected_window
))
7394 if (FRAME_XIC (f
) && (FRAME_XIC_STYLE (f
) & XIMPreeditPosition
))
7395 xic_set_preeditarea (w
, x
, y
);
7400 if (updating_frame
!= f
)
7401 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
7408 /* Make the x-window of frame F use the gnu icon bitmap. */
7411 x_bitmap_icon (f
, file
)
7417 if (FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
) == 0)
7420 /* Free up our existing icon bitmap and mask if any. */
7421 if (f
->output_data
.x
->icon_bitmap
> 0)
7422 x_destroy_bitmap (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->icon_bitmap
);
7423 f
->output_data
.x
->icon_bitmap
= 0;
7428 /* Use gtk_window_set_icon_from_file () if available,
7429 It's not restricted to bitmaps */
7430 if (xg_set_icon (f
, file
))
7432 #endif /* USE_GTK */
7433 bitmap_id
= x_create_bitmap_from_file (f
, file
);
7434 x_create_bitmap_mask (f
, bitmap_id
);
7438 /* Create the GNU bitmap and mask if necessary. */
7439 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->icon_bitmap_id
< 0)
7443 #if defined (HAVE_XPM) && defined (HAVE_X_WINDOWS)
7445 if (xg_set_icon_from_xpm_data (f
, gnu_xpm_bits
))
7448 rc
= x_create_bitmap_from_xpm_data (f
, gnu_xpm_bits
);
7450 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->icon_bitmap_id
= rc
;
7451 #endif /* USE_GTK */
7452 #endif /* defined (HAVE_XPM) && defined (HAVE_X_WINDOWS) */
7454 /* If all else fails, use the (black and white) xbm image. */
7457 rc
= x_create_bitmap_from_data (f
, gnu_xbm_bits
,
7458 gnu_xbm_width
, gnu_xbm_height
);
7462 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->icon_bitmap_id
= rc
;
7463 x_create_bitmap_mask (f
, FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->icon_bitmap_id
);
7467 /* The first time we create the GNU bitmap and mask,
7468 this increments the ref-count one extra time.
7469 As a result, the GNU bitmap and mask are never freed.
7470 That way, we don't have to worry about allocating it again. */
7471 x_reference_bitmap (f
, FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->icon_bitmap_id
);
7473 bitmap_id
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->icon_bitmap_id
;
7476 x_wm_set_icon_pixmap (f
, bitmap_id
);
7477 f
->output_data
.x
->icon_bitmap
= bitmap_id
;
7483 /* Make the x-window of frame F use a rectangle with text.
7484 Use ICON_NAME as the text. */
7487 x_text_icon (f
, icon_name
)
7491 if (FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
) == 0)
7497 text
.value
= (unsigned char *) icon_name
;
7498 text
.encoding
= XA_STRING
;
7500 text
.nitems
= strlen (icon_name
);
7501 XSetWMIconName (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
), &text
);
7503 #else /* not HAVE_X11R4 */
7504 XSetIconName (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
), icon_name
);
7505 #endif /* not HAVE_X11R4 */
7507 if (f
->output_data
.x
->icon_bitmap
> 0)
7508 x_destroy_bitmap (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->icon_bitmap
);
7509 f
->output_data
.x
->icon_bitmap
= 0;
7510 x_wm_set_icon_pixmap (f
, 0);
7515 #define X_ERROR_MESSAGE_SIZE 200
7517 /* If non-nil, this should be a string.
7518 It means catch X errors and store the error message in this string.
7520 The reason we use a stack is that x_catch_error/x_uncatch_error can
7521 be called from a signal handler.
7524 struct x_error_message_stack
{
7525 char string
[X_ERROR_MESSAGE_SIZE
];
7527 struct x_error_message_stack
*prev
;
7529 static struct x_error_message_stack
*x_error_message
;
7531 /* An X error handler which stores the error message in
7532 *x_error_message. This is called from x_error_handler if
7533 x_catch_errors is in effect. */
7536 x_error_catcher (display
, error
)
7540 XGetErrorText (display
, error
->error_code
,
7541 x_error_message
->string
,
7542 X_ERROR_MESSAGE_SIZE
);
7545 /* Begin trapping X errors for display DPY. Actually we trap X errors
7546 for all displays, but DPY should be the display you are actually
7549 After calling this function, X protocol errors no longer cause
7550 Emacs to exit; instead, they are recorded in the string
7551 stored in *x_error_message.
7553 Calling x_check_errors signals an Emacs error if an X error has
7554 occurred since the last call to x_catch_errors or x_check_errors.
7556 Calling x_uncatch_errors resumes the normal error handling. */
7558 void x_check_errors ();
7561 x_catch_errors (dpy
)
7564 struct x_error_message_stack
*data
= xmalloc (sizeof (*data
));
7566 /* Make sure any errors from previous requests have been dealt with. */
7570 data
->string
[0] = 0;
7571 data
->prev
= x_error_message
;
7572 x_error_message
= data
;
7575 /* Undo the last x_catch_errors call.
7576 DPY should be the display that was passed to x_catch_errors. */
7581 struct x_error_message_stack
*tmp
;
7585 /* The display may have been closed before this function is called.
7586 Check if it is still open before calling XSync. */
7587 if (x_display_info_for_display (x_error_message
->dpy
) != 0)
7588 XSync (x_error_message
->dpy
, False
);
7590 tmp
= x_error_message
;
7591 x_error_message
= x_error_message
->prev
;
7596 /* If any X protocol errors have arrived since the last call to
7597 x_catch_errors or x_check_errors, signal an Emacs error using
7598 sprintf (a buffer, FORMAT, the x error message text) as the text. */
7601 x_check_errors (dpy
, format
)
7605 /* Make sure to catch any errors incurred so far. */
7608 if (x_error_message
->string
[0])
7610 char string
[X_ERROR_MESSAGE_SIZE
];
7611 bcopy (x_error_message
->string
, string
, X_ERROR_MESSAGE_SIZE
);
7612 x_uncatch_errors ();
7613 error (format
, string
);
7617 /* Nonzero if we had any X protocol errors
7618 since we did x_catch_errors on DPY. */
7621 x_had_errors_p (dpy
)
7624 /* Make sure to catch any errors incurred so far. */
7627 return x_error_message
->string
[0] != 0;
7630 /* Forget about any errors we have had, since we did x_catch_errors on DPY. */
7633 x_clear_errors (dpy
)
7636 x_error_message
->string
[0] = 0;
7639 /* Close off all unclosed x_catch_errors calls. */
7642 x_fully_uncatch_errors ()
7644 while (x_error_message
)
7645 x_uncatch_errors ();
7648 /* Nonzero if x_catch_errors has been done and not yet canceled. */
7651 x_catching_errors ()
7653 return x_error_message
!= 0;
7657 static unsigned int x_wire_count
;
7660 fprintf (stderr
, "Lib call: %d\n", ++x_wire_count
);
7665 /* Handle SIGPIPE, which can happen when the connection to a server
7666 simply goes away. SIGPIPE is handled by x_connection_signal.
7667 Don't need to do anything, because the write which caused the
7668 SIGPIPE will fail, causing Xlib to invoke the X IO error handler,
7669 which will do the appropriate cleanup for us. */
7672 x_connection_signal (signalnum
) /* If we don't have an argument, */
7673 int signalnum
; /* some compilers complain in signal calls. */
7676 /* USG systems forget handlers when they are used;
7677 must reestablish each time */
7678 signal (signalnum
, x_connection_signal
);
7683 /************************************************************************
7685 ************************************************************************/
7687 /* Error message passed to x_connection_closed. */
7689 static char *error_msg
;
7691 /* Function installed as fatal_error_signal_hook in
7692 x_connection_closed. Print the X error message, and exit normally,
7693 instead of dumping core when XtCloseDisplay fails. */
7696 x_fatal_error_signal ()
7698 fprintf (stderr
, "%s\n", error_msg
);
7702 /* Handle the loss of connection to display DPY. ERROR_MESSAGE is
7703 the text of an error message that lead to the connection loss. */
7706 x_connection_closed (dpy
, error_message
)
7708 char *error_message
;
7710 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= x_display_info_for_display (dpy
);
7711 Lisp_Object frame
, tail
;
7713 error_msg
= (char *) alloca (strlen (error_message
) + 1);
7714 strcpy (error_msg
, error_message
);
7715 handling_signal
= 0;
7717 /* Prevent being called recursively because of an error condition
7718 below. Otherwise, we might end up with printing ``can't find per
7719 display information'' in the recursive call instead of printing
7720 the original message here. */
7721 x_catch_errors (dpy
);
7723 /* We have to close the display to inform Xt that it doesn't
7724 exist anymore. If we don't, Xt will continue to wait for
7725 events from the display. As a consequence, a sequence of
7727 M-x make-frame-on-display RET :1 RET
7728 ...kill the new frame, so that we get an IO error...
7729 M-x make-frame-on-display RET :1 RET
7731 will indefinitely wait in Xt for events for display `:1', opened
7732 in the first class to make-frame-on-display.
7734 Closing the display is reported to lead to a bus error on
7735 OpenWindows in certain situations. I suspect that is a bug
7736 in OpenWindows. I don't know how to cicumvent it here. */
7738 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
7739 /* If DPYINFO is null, this means we didn't open the display
7740 in the first place, so don't try to close it. */
7743 extern void (*fatal_error_signal_hook
) P_ ((void));
7744 fatal_error_signal_hook
= x_fatal_error_signal
;
7745 XtCloseDisplay (dpy
);
7746 fatal_error_signal_hook
= NULL
;
7752 xg_display_close (dpyinfo
->display
);
7755 /* Indicate that this display is dead. */
7757 dpyinfo
->display
= 0;
7759 /* First delete frames whose mini-buffers are on frames
7760 that are on the dead display. */
7761 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail
, frame
)
7763 Lisp_Object minibuf_frame
;
7765 = WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (FRAME_MINIBUF_WINDOW (XFRAME (frame
))));
7766 if (FRAME_X_P (XFRAME (frame
))
7767 && FRAME_X_P (XFRAME (minibuf_frame
))
7768 && ! EQ (frame
, minibuf_frame
)
7769 && FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (XFRAME (minibuf_frame
)) == dpyinfo
)
7770 Fdelete_frame (frame
, Qt
);
7773 /* Now delete all remaining frames on the dead display.
7774 We are now sure none of these is used as the mini-buffer
7775 for another frame that we need to delete. */
7776 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail
, frame
)
7777 if (FRAME_X_P (XFRAME (frame
))
7778 && FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (XFRAME (frame
)) == dpyinfo
)
7780 /* Set this to t so that Fdelete_frame won't get confused
7781 trying to find a replacement. */
7782 FRAME_KBOARD (XFRAME (frame
))->Vdefault_minibuffer_frame
= Qt
;
7783 Fdelete_frame (frame
, Qt
);
7787 x_delete_display (dpyinfo
);
7789 x_uncatch_errors ();
7791 if (x_display_list
== 0)
7793 fprintf (stderr
, "%s\n", error_msg
);
7794 shut_down_emacs (0, 0, Qnil
);
7798 /* Ordinary stack unwind doesn't deal with these. */
7800 sigunblock (sigmask (SIGIO
));
7802 sigunblock (sigmask (SIGALRM
));
7803 TOTALLY_UNBLOCK_INPUT
;
7805 clear_waiting_for_input ();
7806 error ("%s", error_msg
);
7809 /* We specifically use it before defining it, so that gcc doesn't inline it,
7810 otherwise gdb doesn't know how to properly put a breakpoint on it. */
7811 static void x_error_quitter
P_ ((Display
*, XErrorEvent
*));
7813 /* This is the first-level handler for X protocol errors.
7814 It calls x_error_quitter or x_error_catcher. */
7817 x_error_handler (display
, error
)
7821 if (x_error_message
)
7822 x_error_catcher (display
, error
);
7824 x_error_quitter (display
, error
);
7828 /* This is the usual handler for X protocol errors.
7829 It kills all frames on the display that we got the error for.
7830 If that was the only one, it prints an error message and kills Emacs. */
7832 /* .gdbinit puts a breakpoint here, so make sure it is not inlined. */
7834 #if __GNUC__ >= 3 /* On GCC 3.0 we might get a warning. */
7835 #define NO_INLINE __attribute__((noinline))
7840 /* Some versions of GNU/Linux define noinline in their headers. */
7846 /* On older GCC versions, just putting x_error_quitter
7847 after x_error_handler prevents inlining into the former. */
7849 static void NO_INLINE
7850 x_error_quitter (display
, error
)
7854 char buf
[256], buf1
[356];
7856 /* Ignore BadName errors. They can happen because of fonts
7857 or colors that are not defined. */
7859 if (error
->error_code
== BadName
)
7862 /* Note that there is no real way portable across R3/R4 to get the
7863 original error handler. */
7865 XGetErrorText (display
, error
->error_code
, buf
, sizeof (buf
));
7866 sprintf (buf1
, "X protocol error: %s on protocol request %d",
7867 buf
, error
->request_code
);
7868 x_connection_closed (display
, buf1
);
7872 /* This is the handler for X IO errors, always.
7873 It kills all frames on the display that we lost touch with.
7874 If that was the only one, it prints an error message and kills Emacs. */
7877 x_io_error_quitter (display
)
7882 sprintf (buf
, "Connection lost to X server `%s'", DisplayString (display
));
7883 x_connection_closed (display
, buf
);
7887 /* Changing the font of the frame. */
7889 /* Give frame F the font named FONTNAME as its default font, and
7890 return the full name of that font. FONTNAME may be a wildcard
7891 pattern; in that case, we choose some font that fits the pattern.
7892 The return value shows which font we chose. */
7895 x_new_font (f
, fontname
)
7897 register char *fontname
;
7899 struct font_info
*fontp
7900 = FS_LOAD_FONT (f
, 0, fontname
, -1);
7905 FRAME_FONT (f
) = (XFontStruct
*) (fontp
->font
);
7906 FRAME_BASELINE_OFFSET (f
) = fontp
->baseline_offset
;
7907 FRAME_FONTSET (f
) = -1;
7909 FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
) = fontp
->average_width
;
7910 FRAME_SPACE_WIDTH (f
) = fontp
->space_width
;
7911 FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
) = FONT_HEIGHT (FRAME_FONT (f
));
7913 compute_fringe_widths (f
, 1);
7915 /* Compute the scroll bar width in character columns. */
7916 if (FRAME_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH (f
) > 0)
7918 int wid
= FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
);
7919 FRAME_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_COLS (f
)
7920 = (FRAME_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH (f
) + wid
-1) / wid
;
7924 int wid
= FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
);
7925 FRAME_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_COLS (f
) = (14 + wid
- 1) / wid
;
7928 /* Now make the frame display the given font. */
7929 if (FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
) != 0)
7931 XSetFont (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
,
7932 FRAME_FONT (f
)->fid
);
7933 XSetFont (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), f
->output_data
.x
->reverse_gc
,
7934 FRAME_FONT (f
)->fid
);
7935 XSetFont (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_gc
,
7936 FRAME_FONT (f
)->fid
);
7938 /* Don't change the size of a tip frame; there's no point in
7939 doing it because it's done in Fx_show_tip, and it leads to
7940 problems because the tip frame has no widget. */
7941 if (NILP (tip_frame
) || XFRAME (tip_frame
) != f
)
7942 x_set_window_size (f
, 0, FRAME_COLS (f
), FRAME_LINES (f
));
7945 return build_string (fontp
->full_name
);
7948 /* Give frame F the fontset named FONTSETNAME as its default font, and
7949 return the full name of that fontset. FONTSETNAME may be a wildcard
7950 pattern; in that case, we choose some fontset that fits the pattern.
7951 The return value shows which fontset we chose. */
7954 x_new_fontset (f
, fontsetname
)
7958 int fontset
= fs_query_fontset (build_string (fontsetname
), 0);
7964 if (FRAME_FONTSET (f
) == fontset
)
7965 /* This fontset is already set in frame F. There's nothing more
7967 return fontset_name (fontset
);
7969 result
= x_new_font (f
, (SDATA (fontset_ascii (fontset
))));
7971 if (!STRINGP (result
))
7972 /* Can't load ASCII font. */
7975 /* Since x_new_font doesn't update any fontset information, do it now. */
7976 FRAME_FONTSET (f
) = fontset
;
7980 && (FRAME_XIC_STYLE (f
) & (XIMPreeditPosition
| XIMStatusArea
)))
7981 xic_set_xfontset (f
, SDATA (fontset_ascii (fontset
)));
7984 return build_string (fontsetname
);
7988 /***********************************************************************
7990 ***********************************************************************/
7996 /* XIM destroy callback function, which is called whenever the
7997 connection to input method XIM dies. CLIENT_DATA contains a
7998 pointer to the x_display_info structure corresponding to XIM. */
8001 xim_destroy_callback (xim
, client_data
, call_data
)
8003 XPointer client_data
;
8006 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= (struct x_display_info
*) client_data
;
8007 Lisp_Object frame
, tail
;
8011 /* No need to call XDestroyIC.. */
8012 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail
, frame
)
8014 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (frame
);
8015 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
) == dpyinfo
)
8017 FRAME_XIC (f
) = NULL
;
8018 xic_free_xfontset (f
);
8022 /* No need to call XCloseIM. */
8023 dpyinfo
->xim
= NULL
;
8024 XFree (dpyinfo
->xim_styles
);
8028 #endif /* HAVE_X11R6 */
8031 /* This isn't prototyped in OSF 5.0 or 5.1a. */
8032 extern char *XSetIMValues
P_ ((XIM
, ...));
8035 /* Open the connection to the XIM server on display DPYINFO.
8036 RESOURCE_NAME is the resource name Emacs uses. */
8039 xim_open_dpy (dpyinfo
, resource_name
)
8040 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
8041 char *resource_name
;
8048 xim
= XOpenIM (dpyinfo
->display
, dpyinfo
->xrdb
, resource_name
,
8055 XIMCallback destroy
;
8058 /* Get supported styles and XIM values. */
8059 XGetIMValues (xim
, XNQueryInputStyle
, &dpyinfo
->xim_styles
, NULL
);
8062 destroy
.callback
= xim_destroy_callback
;
8063 destroy
.client_data
= (XPointer
)dpyinfo
;
8064 XSetIMValues (xim
, XNDestroyCallback
, &destroy
, NULL
);
8070 #endif /* HAVE_XIM */
8071 dpyinfo
->xim
= NULL
;
8075 #ifdef HAVE_X11R6_XIM
8079 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
8080 char *resource_name
;
8083 /* XIM instantiate callback function, which is called whenever an XIM
8084 server is available. DISPLAY is the display of the XIM.
8085 CLIENT_DATA contains a pointer to an xim_inst_t structure created
8086 when the callback was registered. */
8089 xim_instantiate_callback (display
, client_data
, call_data
)
8091 XPointer client_data
;
8094 struct xim_inst_t
*xim_inst
= (struct xim_inst_t
*) client_data
;
8095 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= xim_inst
->dpyinfo
;
8097 /* We don't support multiple XIM connections. */
8101 xim_open_dpy (dpyinfo
, xim_inst
->resource_name
);
8103 /* Create XIC for the existing frames on the same display, as long
8104 as they have no XIC. */
8105 if (dpyinfo
->xim
&& dpyinfo
->reference_count
> 0)
8107 Lisp_Object tail
, frame
;
8110 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail
, frame
)
8112 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (frame
);
8114 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
) == xim_inst
->dpyinfo
)
8115 if (FRAME_XIC (f
) == NULL
)
8117 create_frame_xic (f
);
8118 if (FRAME_XIC_STYLE (f
) & XIMStatusArea
)
8119 xic_set_statusarea (f
);
8120 if (FRAME_XIC_STYLE (f
) & XIMPreeditPosition
)
8122 struct window
*w
= XWINDOW (f
->selected_window
);
8123 xic_set_preeditarea (w
, w
->cursor
.x
, w
->cursor
.y
);
8132 #endif /* HAVE_X11R6_XIM */
8135 /* Open a connection to the XIM server on display DPYINFO.
8136 RESOURCE_NAME is the resource name for Emacs. On X11R5, open the
8137 connection only at the first time. On X11R6, open the connection
8138 in the XIM instantiate callback function. */
8141 xim_initialize (dpyinfo
, resource_name
)
8142 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
8143 char *resource_name
;
8148 #ifdef HAVE_X11R6_XIM
8149 struct xim_inst_t
*xim_inst
;
8152 dpyinfo
->xim
= NULL
;
8153 xim_inst
= (struct xim_inst_t
*) xmalloc (sizeof (struct xim_inst_t
));
8154 xim_inst
->dpyinfo
= dpyinfo
;
8155 len
= strlen (resource_name
);
8156 xim_inst
->resource_name
= (char *) xmalloc (len
+ 1);
8157 bcopy (resource_name
, xim_inst
->resource_name
, len
+ 1);
8158 XRegisterIMInstantiateCallback (dpyinfo
->display
, dpyinfo
->xrdb
,
8159 resource_name
, EMACS_CLASS
,
8160 xim_instantiate_callback
,
8161 /* This is XPointer in XFree86
8162 but (XPointer *) on Tru64, at
8163 least, hence the configure test. */
8164 (XRegisterIMInstantiateCallback_arg6
) xim_inst
);
8165 #else /* not HAVE_X11R6_XIM */
8166 dpyinfo
->xim
= NULL
;
8167 xim_open_dpy (dpyinfo
, resource_name
);
8168 #endif /* not HAVE_X11R6_XIM */
8172 #endif /* HAVE_XIM */
8173 dpyinfo
->xim
= NULL
;
8177 /* Close the connection to the XIM server on display DPYINFO. */
8180 xim_close_dpy (dpyinfo
)
8181 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
8186 #ifdef HAVE_X11R6_XIM
8187 if (dpyinfo
->display
)
8188 XUnregisterIMInstantiateCallback (dpyinfo
->display
, dpyinfo
->xrdb
,
8190 xim_instantiate_callback
, NULL
);
8191 #endif /* not HAVE_X11R6_XIM */
8192 if (dpyinfo
->display
)
8193 XCloseIM (dpyinfo
->xim
);
8194 dpyinfo
->xim
= NULL
;
8195 XFree (dpyinfo
->xim_styles
);
8197 #endif /* HAVE_XIM */
8200 #endif /* not HAVE_X11R6_XIM */
8204 /* Calculate the absolute position in frame F
8205 from its current recorded position values and gravity. */
8208 x_calc_absolute_position (f
)
8211 int flags
= f
->size_hint_flags
;
8213 /* We have nothing to do if the current position
8214 is already for the top-left corner. */
8215 if (! ((flags
& XNegative
) || (flags
& YNegative
)))
8218 /* Treat negative positions as relative to the leftmost bottommost
8219 position that fits on the screen. */
8220 if (flags
& XNegative
)
8221 f
->left_pos
= (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->width
8222 - FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
) + f
->left_pos
);
8225 int height
= FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
);
8227 #if defined USE_X_TOOLKIT && defined USE_MOTIF
8228 /* Something is fishy here. When using Motif, starting Emacs with
8229 `-g -0-0', the frame appears too low by a few pixels.
8231 This seems to be so because initially, while Emacs is starting,
8232 the column widget's height and the frame's pixel height are
8233 different. The column widget's height is the right one. In
8234 later invocations, when Emacs is up, the frame's pixel height
8237 It's not obvious where the initial small difference comes from.
8238 2000-12-01, gerd. */
8240 XtVaGetValues (f
->output_data
.x
->column_widget
, XtNheight
, &height
, NULL
);
8243 if (flags
& YNegative
)
8244 f
->top_pos
= (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->height
- height
+ f
->top_pos
);
8247 /* The left_pos and top_pos
8248 are now relative to the top and left screen edges,
8249 so the flags should correspond. */
8250 f
->size_hint_flags
&= ~ (XNegative
| YNegative
);
8253 /* CHANGE_GRAVITY is 1 when calling from Fset_frame_position,
8254 to really change the position, and 0 when calling from
8255 x_make_frame_visible (in that case, XOFF and YOFF are the current
8256 position values). It is -1 when calling from x_set_frame_parameters,
8257 which means, do adjust for borders but don't change the gravity. */
8260 x_set_offset (f
, xoff
, yoff
, change_gravity
)
8262 register int xoff
, yoff
;
8265 int modified_top
, modified_left
;
8267 if (change_gravity
!= 0)
8269 FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->left_before_move
= f
->left_pos
;
8270 FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->top_before_move
= f
->top_pos
;
8274 f
->size_hint_flags
&= ~ (XNegative
| YNegative
);
8276 f
->size_hint_flags
|= XNegative
;
8278 f
->size_hint_flags
|= YNegative
;
8279 f
->win_gravity
= NorthWestGravity
;
8281 x_calc_absolute_position (f
);
8284 x_wm_set_size_hint (f
, (long) 0, 0);
8286 modified_left
= f
->left_pos
;
8287 modified_top
= f
->top_pos
;
8289 if (change_gravity
!= 0 && FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->wm_type
== X_WMTYPE_A
)
8291 /* Some WMs (twm, wmaker at least) has an offset that is smaller
8292 than the WM decorations. So we use the calculated offset instead
8293 of the WM decoration sizes here (x/y_pixels_outer_diff). */
8294 modified_left
+= FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->move_offset_left
;
8295 modified_top
+= FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->move_offset_top
;
8298 XMoveWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
),
8299 modified_left
, modified_top
);
8301 x_sync_with_move (f
, f
->left_pos
, f
->top_pos
,
8302 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->wm_type
== X_WMTYPE_UNKNOWN
8305 /* change_gravity is non-zero when this function is called from Lisp to
8306 programmatically move a frame. In that case, we call
8307 x_check_expected_move to discover if we have a "Type A" or "Type B"
8308 window manager, and, for a "Type A" window manager, adjust the position
8311 We call x_check_expected_move if a programmatic move occurred, and
8312 either the window manager type (A/B) is unknown or it is Type A but we
8313 need to compute the top/left offset adjustment for this frame. */
8315 if (change_gravity
!= 0 &&
8316 (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->wm_type
== X_WMTYPE_UNKNOWN
8317 || (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->wm_type
== X_WMTYPE_A
8318 && (FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->move_offset_left
== 0
8319 && FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->move_offset_top
== 0))))
8320 x_check_expected_move (f
, modified_left
, modified_top
);
8325 /* Return non-zero if _NET_SUPPORTING_WM_CHECK window exists and _NET_SUPPORTED
8326 on the root window for frame F contains ATOMNAME.
8327 This is how a WM check shall be done according to the Window Manager
8328 Specification/Extended Window Manager Hints at
8329 http://freedesktop.org/wiki/Standards_2fwm_2dspec. */
8332 wm_supports (f
, atomname
)
8334 const char *atomname
;
8337 unsigned long actual_size
, bytes_remaining
;
8338 int i
, rc
, actual_format
;
8340 Window wmcheck_window
;
8341 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
8342 Window target_window
= dpyinfo
->root_window
;
8343 long max_len
= 65536;
8344 Display
*dpy
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
8345 unsigned char *tmp_data
= NULL
;
8346 Atom target_type
= XA_WINDOW
;
8351 prop_atom
= XInternAtom (dpy
, "_NET_SUPPORTING_WM_CHECK", False
);
8353 x_catch_errors (dpy
);
8354 rc
= XGetWindowProperty (dpy
, target_window
,
8355 prop_atom
, 0, max_len
, False
, target_type
,
8356 &actual_type
, &actual_format
, &actual_size
,
8357 &bytes_remaining
, &tmp_data
);
8359 if (rc
!= Success
|| actual_type
!= XA_WINDOW
|| x_had_errors_p (dpy
))
8361 if (tmp_data
) XFree (tmp_data
);
8362 x_uncatch_errors ();
8367 wmcheck_window
= *(Window
*) tmp_data
;
8370 /* Check if window exists. */
8371 XSelectInput (dpy
, wmcheck_window
, StructureNotifyMask
);
8373 if (x_had_errors_p (dpy
))
8375 x_uncatch_errors ();
8380 if (dpyinfo
->net_supported_window
!= wmcheck_window
)
8382 /* Window changed, reload atoms */
8383 if (dpyinfo
->net_supported_atoms
!= NULL
)
8384 XFree (dpyinfo
->net_supported_atoms
);
8385 dpyinfo
->net_supported_atoms
= NULL
;
8386 dpyinfo
->nr_net_supported_atoms
= 0;
8387 dpyinfo
->net_supported_window
= 0;
8389 target_type
= XA_ATOM
;
8390 prop_atom
= XInternAtom (dpy
, "_NET_SUPPORTED", False
);
8392 rc
= XGetWindowProperty (dpy
, target_window
,
8393 prop_atom
, 0, max_len
, False
, target_type
,
8394 &actual_type
, &actual_format
, &actual_size
,
8395 &bytes_remaining
, &tmp_data
);
8397 if (rc
!= Success
|| actual_type
!= XA_ATOM
|| x_had_errors_p (dpy
))
8399 if (tmp_data
) XFree (tmp_data
);
8400 x_uncatch_errors ();
8405 dpyinfo
->net_supported_atoms
= (Atom
*)tmp_data
;
8406 dpyinfo
->nr_net_supported_atoms
= actual_size
;
8407 dpyinfo
->net_supported_window
= wmcheck_window
;
8411 want_atom
= XInternAtom (dpy
, atomname
, False
);
8413 for (i
= 0; rc
== 0 && i
< dpyinfo
->nr_net_supported_atoms
; ++i
)
8414 rc
= dpyinfo
->net_supported_atoms
[i
] == want_atom
;
8416 x_uncatch_errors ();
8422 /* Do fullscreen as specified in extended window manager hints */
8425 do_ewmh_fullscreen (f
)
8428 int have_net_atom
= wm_supports (f
, "_NET_WM_STATE");
8430 /* Some window managers don't say they support _NET_WM_STATE, but they do say
8431 they support _NET_WM_STATE_FULLSCREEN. Try that also. */
8433 have_net_atom
= wm_supports (f
, "_NET_WM_STATE_FULLSCREEN");
8438 const char *atom
= "_NET_WM_STATE";
8439 const char *fs
= "_NET_WM_STATE_FULLSCREEN";
8440 const char *fw
= "_NET_WM_STATE_MAXIMIZED_HORZ";
8441 const char *fh
= "_NET_WM_STATE_MAXIMIZED_VERT";
8442 const char *what
= NULL
;
8444 XSETFRAME (frame
, f
);
8446 /* If there are _NET_ atoms we assume we have extended window manager
8448 switch (f
->want_fullscreen
)
8450 case FULLSCREEN_BOTH
:
8453 case FULLSCREEN_WIDTH
:
8456 case FULLSCREEN_HEIGHT
:
8461 if (what
!= NULL
&& !wm_supports (f
, what
)) return 0;
8464 Fx_send_client_event (frame
, make_number (0), frame
,
8465 make_unibyte_string (atom
, strlen (atom
)),
8467 Fcons (make_number (0), /* Remove */
8469 (make_unibyte_string (fs
,
8472 Fx_send_client_event (frame
, make_number (0), frame
,
8473 make_unibyte_string (atom
, strlen (atom
)),
8475 Fcons (make_number (0), /* Remove */
8477 (make_unibyte_string (fh
,
8480 Fx_send_client_event (frame
, make_number (0), frame
,
8481 make_unibyte_string (atom
, strlen (atom
)),
8483 Fcons (make_number (0), /* Remove */
8485 (make_unibyte_string (fw
,
8488 f
->want_fullscreen
= FULLSCREEN_NONE
;
8490 Fx_send_client_event (frame
, make_number (0), frame
,
8491 make_unibyte_string (atom
, strlen (atom
)),
8493 Fcons (make_number (1), /* Add */
8495 (make_unibyte_string (what
,
8500 return have_net_atom
;
8504 XTfullscreen_hook (f
)
8507 if (f
->async_visible
)
8510 do_ewmh_fullscreen (f
);
8517 /* Check if we need to resize the frame due to a fullscreen request.
8518 If so needed, resize the frame. */
8520 x_check_fullscreen (f
)
8523 if (f
->want_fullscreen
& FULLSCREEN_BOTH
)
8525 int width
, height
, ign
;
8527 if (do_ewmh_fullscreen (f
))
8530 x_real_positions (f
, &f
->left_pos
, &f
->top_pos
);
8532 x_fullscreen_adjust (f
, &width
, &height
, &ign
, &ign
);
8534 /* We do not need to move the window, it shall be taken care of
8535 when setting WM manager hints.
8536 If the frame is visible already, the position is checked by
8537 x_check_expected_move. */
8538 if (FRAME_COLS (f
) != width
|| FRAME_LINES (f
) != height
)
8540 change_frame_size (f
, height
, width
, 0, 1, 0);
8541 SET_FRAME_GARBAGED (f
);
8542 cancel_mouse_face (f
);
8544 /* Wait for the change of frame size to occur */
8545 f
->want_fullscreen
|= FULLSCREEN_WAIT
;
8550 /* This function is called by x_set_offset to determine whether the window
8551 manager interfered with the positioning of the frame. Type A window
8552 managers position the surrounding window manager decorations a small
8553 amount above and left of the user-supplied position. Type B window
8554 managers position the surrounding window manager decorations at the
8555 user-specified position. If we detect a Type A window manager, we
8556 compensate by moving the window right and down by the proper amount. */
8559 x_check_expected_move (f
, expected_left
, expected_top
)
8564 int current_left
= 0, current_top
= 0;
8566 /* x_real_positions returns the left and top offsets of the outermost
8567 window manager window around the frame. */
8569 x_real_positions (f
, ¤t_left
, ¤t_top
);
8571 if (current_left
!= expected_left
|| current_top
!= expected_top
)
8573 /* It's a "Type A" window manager. */
8578 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->wm_type
= X_WMTYPE_A
;
8579 FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->move_offset_left
= expected_left
- current_left
;
8580 FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->move_offset_top
= expected_top
- current_top
;
8582 /* Now fix the mispositioned frame's location. */
8584 adjusted_left
= expected_left
+ FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->move_offset_left
;
8585 adjusted_top
= expected_top
+ FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->move_offset_top
;
8587 XMoveWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
),
8588 adjusted_left
, adjusted_top
);
8590 x_sync_with_move (f
, expected_left
, expected_top
, 0);
8593 /* It's a "Type B" window manager. We don't have to adjust the
8594 frame's position. */
8596 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->wm_type
= X_WMTYPE_B
;
8600 /* Wait for XGetGeometry to return up-to-date position information for a
8601 recently-moved frame. Call this immediately after calling XMoveWindow.
8602 If FUZZY is non-zero, then LEFT and TOP are just estimates of where the
8603 frame has been moved to, so we use a fuzzy position comparison instead
8604 of an exact comparison. */
8607 x_sync_with_move (f
, left
, top
, fuzzy
)
8609 int left
, top
, fuzzy
;
8613 while (count
++ < 50)
8615 int current_left
= 0, current_top
= 0;
8617 /* In theory, this call to XSync only needs to happen once, but in
8618 practice, it doesn't seem to work, hence the need for the surrounding
8621 XSync (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), False
);
8622 x_real_positions (f
, ¤t_left
, ¤t_top
);
8626 /* The left fuzz-factor is 10 pixels. The top fuzz-factor is 40
8629 if (abs (current_left
- left
) <= 10 && abs (current_top
- top
) <= 40)
8632 else if (current_left
== left
&& current_top
== top
)
8636 /* As a last resort, just wait 0.5 seconds and hope that XGetGeometry
8637 will then return up-to-date position info. */
8639 wait_reading_process_output (0, 500000, 0, 0, Qnil
, NULL
, 0);
8643 /* Change the size of frame F's X window to COLS/ROWS in the case F
8644 doesn't have a widget. If CHANGE_GRAVITY is 1, we change to
8645 top-left-corner window gravity for this size change and subsequent
8646 size changes. Otherwise we leave the window gravity unchanged. */
8649 x_set_window_size_1 (f
, change_gravity
, cols
, rows
)
8654 int pixelwidth
, pixelheight
;
8656 check_frame_size (f
, &rows
, &cols
);
8657 f
->scroll_bar_actual_width
8658 = (!FRAME_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BARS (f
)
8660 : FRAME_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH (f
) > 0
8661 ? FRAME_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH (f
)
8662 : (FRAME_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_COLS (f
) * FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
)));
8664 compute_fringe_widths (f
, 0);
8666 pixelwidth
= FRAME_TEXT_COLS_TO_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
, cols
);
8667 pixelheight
= FRAME_TEXT_LINES_TO_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
, rows
);
8669 f
->win_gravity
= NorthWestGravity
;
8670 x_wm_set_size_hint (f
, (long) 0, 0);
8672 XSync (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), False
);
8673 XResizeWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
8674 pixelwidth
, pixelheight
);
8676 /* Now, strictly speaking, we can't be sure that this is accurate,
8677 but the window manager will get around to dealing with the size
8678 change request eventually, and we'll hear how it went when the
8679 ConfigureNotify event gets here.
8681 We could just not bother storing any of this information here,
8682 and let the ConfigureNotify event set everything up, but that
8683 might be kind of confusing to the Lisp code, since size changes
8684 wouldn't be reported in the frame parameters until some random
8685 point in the future when the ConfigureNotify event arrives.
8687 We pass 1 for DELAY since we can't run Lisp code inside of
8689 change_frame_size (f
, rows
, cols
, 0, 1, 0);
8690 FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
) = pixelwidth
;
8691 FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
) = pixelheight
;
8693 /* We've set {FRAME,PIXEL}_{WIDTH,HEIGHT} to the values we hope to
8694 receive in the ConfigureNotify event; if we get what we asked
8695 for, then the event won't cause the screen to become garbaged, so
8696 we have to make sure to do it here. */
8697 SET_FRAME_GARBAGED (f
);
8699 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
8703 /* Call this to change the size of frame F's x-window.
8704 If CHANGE_GRAVITY is 1, we change to top-left-corner window gravity
8705 for this size change and subsequent size changes.
8706 Otherwise we leave the window gravity unchanged. */
8709 x_set_window_size (f
, change_gravity
, cols
, rows
)
8717 if (FRAME_GTK_WIDGET (f
))
8718 xg_frame_set_char_size (f
, cols
, rows
);
8720 x_set_window_size_1 (f
, change_gravity
, cols
, rows
);
8723 if (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
!= NULL
)
8725 /* The x and y position of the widget is clobbered by the
8726 call to XtSetValues within EmacsFrameSetCharSize.
8727 This is a real kludge, but I don't understand Xt so I can't
8728 figure out a correct fix. Can anyone else tell me? -- rms. */
8729 int xpos
= f
->output_data
.x
->widget
->core
.x
;
8730 int ypos
= f
->output_data
.x
->widget
->core
.y
;
8731 EmacsFrameSetCharSize (f
->output_data
.x
->edit_widget
, cols
, rows
);
8732 f
->output_data
.x
->widget
->core
.x
= xpos
;
8733 f
->output_data
.x
->widget
->core
.y
= ypos
;
8736 x_set_window_size_1 (f
, change_gravity
, cols
, rows
);
8738 #else /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
8740 x_set_window_size_1 (f
, change_gravity
, cols
, rows
);
8742 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
8744 /* If cursor was outside the new size, mark it as off. */
8745 mark_window_cursors_off (XWINDOW (f
->root_window
));
8747 /* Clear out any recollection of where the mouse highlighting was,
8748 since it might be in a place that's outside the new frame size.
8749 Actually checking whether it is outside is a pain in the neck,
8750 so don't try--just let the highlighting be done afresh with new size. */
8751 cancel_mouse_face (f
);
8756 /* Mouse warping. */
8759 x_set_mouse_position (f
, x
, y
)
8765 pix_x
= FRAME_COL_TO_PIXEL_X (f
, x
) + FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
) / 2;
8766 pix_y
= FRAME_LINE_TO_PIXEL_Y (f
, y
) + FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
) / 2;
8768 if (pix_x
< 0) pix_x
= 0;
8769 if (pix_x
> FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
)) pix_x
= FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
);
8771 if (pix_y
< 0) pix_y
= 0;
8772 if (pix_y
> FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
)) pix_y
= FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
);
8776 XWarpPointer (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), None
, FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
8777 0, 0, 0, 0, pix_x
, pix_y
);
8781 /* Move the mouse to position pixel PIX_X, PIX_Y relative to frame F. */
8784 x_set_mouse_pixel_position (f
, pix_x
, pix_y
)
8790 XWarpPointer (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), None
, FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
8791 0, 0, 0, 0, pix_x
, pix_y
);
8795 /* focus shifting, raising and lowering. */
8798 x_focus_on_frame (f
)
8801 #if 0 /* This proves to be unpleasant. */
8805 /* I don't think that the ICCCM allows programs to do things like this
8806 without the interaction of the window manager. Whatever you end up
8807 doing with this code, do it to x_unfocus_frame too. */
8808 XSetInputFocus (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
8809 RevertToPointerRoot
, CurrentTime
);
8818 /* Look at the remarks in x_focus_on_frame. */
8819 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->x_focus_frame
== f
)
8820 XSetInputFocus (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), PointerRoot
,
8821 RevertToPointerRoot
, CurrentTime
);
8825 /* Raise frame F. */
8832 if (f
->async_visible
)
8833 XRaiseWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
));
8835 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
8839 /* Lower frame F. */
8845 if (f
->async_visible
)
8848 XLowerWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
));
8849 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
8855 XTframe_raise_lower (f
, raise_flag
)
8861 /* The following code is needed for `raise-frame' to work on
8862 some versions of metacity; see Window Manager
8863 Specification/Extended Window Manager Hints at
8864 http://freedesktop.org/wiki/Standards_2fwm_2dspec */
8867 /* However, on other versions (metacity 2.17.2-1.fc7), it
8868 reportedly causes hangs when resizing frames. */
8870 const char *atom
= "_NET_ACTIVE_WINDOW";
8871 if (f
->async_visible
&& wm_supports (f
, atom
))
8874 XSETFRAME (frame
, f
);
8875 Fx_send_client_event (frame
, make_number (0), frame
,
8876 make_unibyte_string (atom
, strlen (atom
)),
8878 Fcons (make_number (1),
8879 Fcons (make_number (last_user_time
),
8890 /* Change of visibility. */
8892 /* This tries to wait until the frame is really visible.
8893 However, if the window manager asks the user where to position
8894 the frame, this will return before the user finishes doing that.
8895 The frame will not actually be visible at that time,
8896 but it will become visible later when the window manager
8897 finishes with it. */
8900 x_make_frame_visible (f
)
8904 int original_top
, original_left
;
8905 int retry_count
= 2;
8911 type
= x_icon_type (f
);
8913 x_bitmap_icon (f
, type
);
8915 if (! FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
))
8917 /* We test FRAME_GARBAGED_P here to make sure we don't
8918 call x_set_offset a second time
8919 if we get to x_make_frame_visible a second time
8920 before the window gets really visible. */
8921 if (! FRAME_ICONIFIED_P (f
)
8922 && ! f
->output_data
.x
->asked_for_visible
)
8923 x_set_offset (f
, f
->left_pos
, f
->top_pos
, 0);
8925 f
->output_data
.x
->asked_for_visible
= 1;
8927 if (! EQ (Vx_no_window_manager
, Qt
))
8928 x_wm_set_window_state (f
, NormalState
);
8929 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
8930 /* This was XtPopup, but that did nothing for an iconified frame. */
8931 XtMapWidget (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
);
8932 #else /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
8934 gtk_widget_show_all (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
));
8935 gtk_window_deiconify (GTK_WINDOW (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
)));
8937 XMapRaised (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
));
8938 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
8939 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
8940 #if 0 /* This seems to bring back scroll bars in the wrong places
8941 if the window configuration has changed. They seem
8942 to come back ok without this. */
8943 if (FRAME_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BARS (f
))
8944 XMapSubwindows (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
));
8948 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
8950 /* Synchronize to ensure Emacs knows the frame is visible
8951 before we do anything else. We do this loop with input not blocked
8952 so that incoming events are handled. */
8956 /* This must be before UNBLOCK_INPUT
8957 since events that arrive in response to the actions above
8958 will set it when they are handled. */
8959 int previously_visible
= f
->output_data
.x
->has_been_visible
;
8961 original_left
= f
->left_pos
;
8962 original_top
= f
->top_pos
;
8964 /* This must come after we set COUNT. */
8967 /* We unblock here so that arriving X events are processed. */
8969 /* Now move the window back to where it was "supposed to be".
8970 But don't do it if the gravity is negative.
8971 When the gravity is negative, this uses a position
8972 that is 3 pixels too low. Perhaps that's really the border width.
8974 Don't do this if the window has never been visible before,
8975 because the window manager may choose the position
8976 and we don't want to override it. */
8978 if (! FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
) && ! FRAME_ICONIFIED_P (f
)
8979 && f
->win_gravity
== NorthWestGravity
8980 && previously_visible
)
8984 unsigned int width
, height
, border
, depth
;
8988 /* On some window managers (such as FVWM) moving an existing
8989 window, even to the same place, causes the window manager
8990 to introduce an offset. This can cause the window to move
8991 to an unexpected location. Check the geometry (a little
8992 slow here) and then verify that the window is in the right
8993 place. If the window is not in the right place, move it
8994 there, and take the potential window manager hit. */
8995 XGetGeometry (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
),
8996 &rootw
, &x
, &y
, &width
, &height
, &border
, &depth
);
8998 if (original_left
!= x
|| original_top
!= y
)
8999 XMoveWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
),
9000 original_left
, original_top
);
9005 XSETFRAME (frame
, f
);
9007 /* Wait until the frame is visible. Process X events until a
9008 MapNotify event has been seen, or until we think we won't get a
9009 MapNotify at all.. */
9010 for (count
= input_signal_count
+ 10;
9011 input_signal_count
< count
&& !FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
);)
9013 /* Force processing of queued events. */
9016 /* Machines that do polling rather than SIGIO have been
9017 observed to go into a busy-wait here. So we'll fake an
9018 alarm signal to let the handler know that there's something
9019 to be read. We used to raise a real alarm, but it seems
9020 that the handler isn't always enabled here. This is
9022 if (input_polling_used ())
9024 /* It could be confusing if a real alarm arrives while
9025 processing the fake one. Turn it off and let the
9026 handler reset it. */
9027 extern void poll_for_input_1
P_ ((void));
9028 int old_poll_suppress_count
= poll_suppress_count
;
9029 poll_suppress_count
= 1;
9030 poll_for_input_1 ();
9031 poll_suppress_count
= old_poll_suppress_count
;
9034 /* See if a MapNotify event has been processed. */
9035 FRAME_SAMPLE_VISIBILITY (f
);
9040 (let ((f (selected-frame)))
9044 the frame is not raised with various window managers on
9045 FreeBSD, GNU/Linux and Solaris. It turns out that, for some
9046 unknown reason, the call to XtMapWidget is completely ignored.
9047 Mapping the widget a second time works. */
9049 if (!FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
) && --retry_count
> 0)
9054 /* Change from mapped state to withdrawn state. */
9056 /* Make the frame visible (mapped and not iconified). */
9059 x_make_frame_invisible (f
)
9064 /* Use the frame's outermost window, not the one we normally draw on. */
9065 window
= FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
);
9067 /* Don't keep the highlight on an invisible frame. */
9068 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->x_highlight_frame
== f
)
9069 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->x_highlight_frame
= 0;
9071 #if 0/* This might add unreliability; I don't trust it -- rms. */
9072 if (! f
->async_visible
&& ! f
->async_iconified
)
9078 /* Before unmapping the window, update the WM_SIZE_HINTS property to claim
9079 that the current position of the window is user-specified, rather than
9080 program-specified, so that when the window is mapped again, it will be
9081 placed at the same location, without forcing the user to position it
9082 by hand again (they have already done that once for this window.) */
9083 x_wm_set_size_hint (f
, (long) 0, 1);
9086 if (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
))
9087 gtk_widget_hide (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
));
9093 if (! XWithdrawWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), window
,
9094 DefaultScreen (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
))))
9096 UNBLOCK_INPUT_RESIGNAL
;
9097 error ("Can't notify window manager of window withdrawal");
9099 #else /* ! defined (HAVE_X11R4) */
9101 /* Tell the window manager what we're going to do. */
9102 if (! EQ (Vx_no_window_manager
, Qt
))
9106 unmap
.xunmap
.type
= UnmapNotify
;
9107 unmap
.xunmap
.window
= window
;
9108 unmap
.xunmap
.event
= DefaultRootWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
9109 unmap
.xunmap
.from_configure
= False
;
9110 if (! XSendEvent (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
9111 DefaultRootWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
)),
9113 SubstructureRedirectMaskSubstructureNotifyMask
,
9116 UNBLOCK_INPUT_RESIGNAL
;
9117 error ("Can't notify window manager of withdrawal");
9121 /* Unmap the window ourselves. Cheeky! */
9122 XUnmapWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), window
);
9123 #endif /* ! defined (HAVE_X11R4) */
9126 /* We can't distinguish this from iconification
9127 just by the event that we get from the server.
9128 So we can't win using the usual strategy of letting
9129 FRAME_SAMPLE_VISIBILITY set this. So do it by hand,
9130 and synchronize with the server to make sure we agree. */
9132 FRAME_ICONIFIED_P (f
) = 0;
9133 f
->async_visible
= 0;
9134 f
->async_iconified
= 0;
9141 /* Change window state from mapped to iconified. */
9150 /* Don't keep the highlight on an invisible frame. */
9151 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->x_highlight_frame
== f
)
9152 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->x_highlight_frame
= 0;
9154 if (f
->async_iconified
)
9159 FRAME_SAMPLE_VISIBILITY (f
);
9161 type
= x_icon_type (f
);
9163 x_bitmap_icon (f
, type
);
9166 if (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
))
9168 if (! FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
))
9169 gtk_widget_show_all (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
));
9171 gtk_window_iconify (GTK_WINDOW (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
)));
9174 f
->async_iconified
= 1;
9175 f
->async_visible
= 0;
9181 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9183 if (! FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
))
9185 if (! EQ (Vx_no_window_manager
, Qt
))
9186 x_wm_set_window_state (f
, IconicState
);
9187 /* This was XtPopup, but that did nothing for an iconified frame. */
9188 XtMapWidget (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
);
9189 /* The server won't give us any event to indicate
9190 that an invisible frame was changed to an icon,
9191 so we have to record it here. */
9194 f
->async_iconified
= 1;
9195 f
->async_visible
= 0;
9200 result
= XIconifyWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
9201 XtWindow (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
),
9202 DefaultScreen (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
)));
9206 error ("Can't notify window manager of iconification");
9208 f
->async_iconified
= 1;
9209 f
->async_visible
= 0;
9213 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
9215 #else /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9217 /* Make sure the X server knows where the window should be positioned,
9218 in case the user deiconifies with the window manager. */
9219 if (! FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
) && !FRAME_ICONIFIED_P (f
))
9220 x_set_offset (f
, f
->left_pos
, f
->top_pos
, 0);
9222 /* Since we don't know which revision of X we're running, we'll use both
9223 the X11R3 and X11R4 techniques. I don't know if this is a good idea. */
9225 /* X11R4: send a ClientMessage to the window manager using the
9226 WM_CHANGE_STATE type. */
9230 message
.xclient
.window
= FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
);
9231 message
.xclient
.type
= ClientMessage
;
9232 message
.xclient
.message_type
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->Xatom_wm_change_state
;
9233 message
.xclient
.format
= 32;
9234 message
.xclient
.data
.l
[0] = IconicState
;
9236 if (! XSendEvent (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
9237 DefaultRootWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
)),
9239 SubstructureRedirectMask
| SubstructureNotifyMask
,
9242 UNBLOCK_INPUT_RESIGNAL
;
9243 error ("Can't notify window manager of iconification");
9247 /* X11R3: set the initial_state field of the window manager hints to
9249 x_wm_set_window_state (f
, IconicState
);
9251 if (!FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
))
9253 /* If the frame was withdrawn, before, we must map it. */
9254 XMapRaised (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
));
9257 f
->async_iconified
= 1;
9258 f
->async_visible
= 0;
9260 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
9262 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9266 /* Free X resources of frame F. */
9269 x_free_frame_resources (f
)
9272 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
9274 struct scroll_bar
*b
;
9278 /* If a display connection is dead, don't try sending more
9279 commands to the X server. */
9280 if (dpyinfo
->display
)
9282 if (f
->output_data
.x
->icon_desc
)
9283 XDestroyWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), f
->output_data
.x
->icon_desc
);
9285 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9286 /* Explicitly destroy the scroll bars of the frame. Without
9287 this, we get "BadDrawable" errors from the toolkit later on,
9288 presumably from expose events generated for the disappearing
9289 toolkit scroll bars. */
9290 for (bar
= FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f
); !NILP (bar
); bar
= b
->next
)
9292 b
= XSCROLL_BAR (bar
);
9293 x_scroll_bar_remove (b
);
9302 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9303 if (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
)
9305 XtDestroyWidget (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
);
9306 f
->output_data
.x
->widget
= NULL
;
9308 /* Tooltips don't have widgets, only a simple X window, even if
9309 we are using a toolkit. */
9310 else if (FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
))
9311 XDestroyWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
));
9313 free_frame_menubar (f
);
9314 #else /* !USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9317 /* In the GTK version, tooltips are normal X
9318 frames. We must check and free both types. */
9319 if (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
))
9321 gtk_widget_destroy (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
));
9322 FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
) = 0; /* Set to avoid XDestroyWindow below */
9323 FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
) = 0;
9325 #endif /* USE_GTK */
9327 if (FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
))
9328 XDestroyWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
));
9329 #endif /* !USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9331 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->foreground_pixel
);
9332 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->background_pixel
);
9333 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_pixel
);
9334 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_foreground_pixel
);
9335 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->border_pixel
);
9336 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->mouse_pixel
);
9338 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_background_pixel
!= -1)
9339 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_background_pixel
);
9340 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
!= -1)
9341 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
);
9342 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
9343 /* Scrollbar shadow colors. */
9344 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_top_shadow_pixel
!= -1)
9345 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_top_shadow_pixel
);
9346 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_bottom_shadow_pixel
!= -1)
9347 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_bottom_shadow_pixel
);
9348 #endif /* USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
9349 if (f
->output_data
.x
->white_relief
.allocated_p
)
9350 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->white_relief
.pixel
);
9351 if (f
->output_data
.x
->black_relief
.allocated_p
)
9352 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->black_relief
.pixel
);
9354 if (FRAME_FACE_CACHE (f
))
9355 free_frame_faces (f
);
9358 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
9361 if (f
->output_data
.x
->saved_menu_event
)
9362 xfree (f
->output_data
.x
->saved_menu_event
);
9364 xfree (f
->output_data
.x
);
9365 f
->output_data
.x
= NULL
;
9367 if (f
== dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
)
9368 dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
= 0;
9369 if (f
== dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
)
9370 dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
= 0;
9371 if (f
== dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
)
9372 dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
= 0;
9374 if (f
== dpyinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
)
9376 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_beg_row
9377 = dpyinfo
->mouse_face_beg_col
= -1;
9378 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_end_row
9379 = dpyinfo
->mouse_face_end_col
= -1;
9380 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_window
= Qnil
;
9381 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_deferred_gc
= 0;
9382 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
= 0;
9389 /* Destroy the X window of frame F. */
9392 x_destroy_window (f
)
9395 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
9397 /* If a display connection is dead, don't try sending more
9398 commands to the X server. */
9399 if (dpyinfo
->display
!= 0)
9400 x_free_frame_resources (f
);
9402 dpyinfo
->reference_count
--;
9406 /* Setting window manager hints. */
9408 /* Set the normal size hints for the window manager, for frame F.
9409 FLAGS is the flags word to use--or 0 meaning preserve the flags
9410 that the window now has.
9411 If USER_POSITION is nonzero, we set the USPosition
9412 flag (this is useful when FLAGS is 0).
9413 The GTK version is in gtkutils.c */
9417 x_wm_set_size_hint (f
, flags
, user_position
)
9422 XSizeHints size_hints
;
9424 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9427 Dimension widget_width
, widget_height
;
9430 Window window
= FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
);
9432 /* Setting PMaxSize caused various problems. */
9433 size_hints
.flags
= PResizeInc
| PMinSize
/* | PMaxSize */;
9435 size_hints
.x
= f
->left_pos
;
9436 size_hints
.y
= f
->top_pos
;
9438 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9439 XtSetArg (al
[ac
], XtNwidth
, &widget_width
); ac
++;
9440 XtSetArg (al
[ac
], XtNheight
, &widget_height
); ac
++;
9441 XtGetValues (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
, al
, ac
);
9442 size_hints
.height
= widget_height
;
9443 size_hints
.width
= widget_width
;
9444 #else /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9445 size_hints
.height
= FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
);
9446 size_hints
.width
= FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
);
9447 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9449 size_hints
.width_inc
= FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
);
9450 size_hints
.height_inc
= FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
);
9451 size_hints
.max_width
9452 = FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->width
- FRAME_TEXT_COLS_TO_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
, 0);
9453 size_hints
.max_height
9454 = FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->height
- FRAME_TEXT_LINES_TO_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
, 0);
9456 /* Calculate the base and minimum sizes.
9458 (When we use the X toolkit, we don't do it here.
9459 Instead we copy the values that the widgets are using, below.) */
9460 #ifndef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9462 int base_width
, base_height
;
9463 int min_rows
= 0, min_cols
= 0;
9465 base_width
= FRAME_TEXT_COLS_TO_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
, 0);
9466 base_height
= FRAME_TEXT_LINES_TO_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
, 0);
9468 check_frame_size (f
, &min_rows
, &min_cols
);
9470 /* The window manager uses the base width hints to calculate the
9471 current number of rows and columns in the frame while
9472 resizing; min_width and min_height aren't useful for this
9473 purpose, since they might not give the dimensions for a
9474 zero-row, zero-column frame.
9476 We use the base_width and base_height members if we have
9477 them; otherwise, we set the min_width and min_height members
9478 to the size for a zero x zero frame. */
9481 size_hints
.flags
|= PBaseSize
;
9482 size_hints
.base_width
= base_width
;
9483 size_hints
.base_height
= base_height
;
9484 size_hints
.min_width
= base_width
+ min_cols
* size_hints
.width_inc
;
9485 size_hints
.min_height
= base_height
+ min_rows
* size_hints
.height_inc
;
9487 size_hints
.min_width
= base_width
;
9488 size_hints
.min_height
= base_height
;
9492 /* If we don't need the old flags, we don't need the old hint at all. */
9495 size_hints
.flags
|= flags
;
9498 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9501 XSizeHints hints
; /* Sometimes I hate X Windows... */
9502 long supplied_return
;
9506 value
= XGetWMNormalHints (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), window
, &hints
,
9509 value
= XGetNormalHints (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), window
, &hints
);
9512 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9513 size_hints
.base_height
= hints
.base_height
;
9514 size_hints
.base_width
= hints
.base_width
;
9515 size_hints
.min_height
= hints
.min_height
;
9516 size_hints
.min_width
= hints
.min_width
;
9520 size_hints
.flags
|= flags
;
9525 if (hints
.flags
& PSize
)
9526 size_hints
.flags
|= PSize
;
9527 if (hints
.flags
& PPosition
)
9528 size_hints
.flags
|= PPosition
;
9529 if (hints
.flags
& USPosition
)
9530 size_hints
.flags
|= USPosition
;
9531 if (hints
.flags
& USSize
)
9532 size_hints
.flags
|= USSize
;
9536 #ifndef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9541 size_hints
.win_gravity
= f
->win_gravity
;
9542 size_hints
.flags
|= PWinGravity
;
9546 size_hints
.flags
&= ~ PPosition
;
9547 size_hints
.flags
|= USPosition
;
9549 #endif /* PWinGravity */
9552 XSetWMNormalHints (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), window
, &size_hints
);
9554 XSetNormalHints (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), window
, &size_hints
);
9557 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
9559 /* Used for IconicState or NormalState */
9562 x_wm_set_window_state (f
, state
)
9566 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9569 XtSetArg (al
[0], XtNinitialState
, state
);
9570 XtSetValues (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
, al
, 1);
9571 #else /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9572 Window window
= FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
);
9574 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.flags
|= StateHint
;
9575 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.initial_state
= state
;
9577 XSetWMHints (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), window
, &f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
);
9578 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9582 x_wm_set_icon_pixmap (f
, pixmap_id
)
9586 Pixmap icon_pixmap
, icon_mask
;
9588 #ifndef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9589 Window window
= FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
);
9594 icon_pixmap
= x_bitmap_pixmap (f
, pixmap_id
);
9595 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.icon_pixmap
= icon_pixmap
;
9596 icon_mask
= x_bitmap_mask (f
, pixmap_id
);
9597 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.icon_mask
= icon_mask
;
9601 /* It seems there is no way to turn off use of an icon pixmap.
9602 The following line does it, only if no icon has yet been created,
9603 for some window managers. But with mwm it crashes.
9604 Some people say it should clear the IconPixmapHint bit in this case,
9605 but that doesn't work, and the X consortium said it isn't the
9606 right thing at all. Since there is no way to win,
9607 best to explicitly give up. */
9609 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.icon_pixmap
= None
;
9610 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.icon_mask
= None
;
9619 xg_set_frame_icon (f
, icon_pixmap
, icon_mask
);
9623 #elif defined (USE_X_TOOLKIT) /* same as in x_wm_set_window_state. */
9627 XtSetArg (al
[0], XtNiconPixmap
, icon_pixmap
);
9628 XtSetValues (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
, al
, 1);
9629 XtSetArg (al
[0], XtNiconMask
, icon_mask
);
9630 XtSetValues (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
, al
, 1);
9633 #else /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT && not USE_GTK */
9635 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.flags
|= (IconPixmapHint
| IconMaskHint
);
9636 XSetWMHints (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), window
, &f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
);
9638 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT && not USE_GTK */
9642 x_wm_set_icon_position (f
, icon_x
, icon_y
)
9646 Window window
= FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
);
9648 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.flags
|= IconPositionHint
;
9649 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.icon_x
= icon_x
;
9650 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.icon_y
= icon_y
;
9652 XSetWMHints (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), window
, &f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
);
9656 /***********************************************************************
9658 ***********************************************************************/
9660 /* Return a pointer to struct font_info of font FONT_IDX of frame F. */
9663 x_get_font_info (f
, font_idx
)
9667 return (FRAME_X_FONT_TABLE (f
) + font_idx
);
9671 /* Return a list of names of available fonts matching PATTERN on frame F.
9673 If SIZE is > 0, it is the size (maximum bounds width) of fonts
9676 SIZE < 0 means include scalable fonts.
9678 Frame F null means we have not yet created any frame on X, and
9679 consult the first display in x_display_list. MAXNAMES sets a limit
9680 on how many fonts to match. */
9683 x_list_fonts (f
, pattern
, size
, maxnames
)
9685 Lisp_Object pattern
;
9689 Lisp_Object list
= Qnil
, patterns
, newlist
= Qnil
, key
= Qnil
;
9690 Lisp_Object tem
, second_best
;
9691 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
9692 = f
? FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
) : x_display_list
;
9693 Display
*dpy
= dpyinfo
->display
;
9694 int try_XLoadQueryFont
= 0;
9695 int allow_auto_scaled_font
= 0;
9699 allow_auto_scaled_font
= 1;
9703 patterns
= Fassoc (pattern
, Valternate_fontname_alist
);
9704 if (NILP (patterns
))
9705 patterns
= Fcons (pattern
, Qnil
);
9707 if (maxnames
== 1 && !size
)
9708 /* We can return any single font matching PATTERN. */
9709 try_XLoadQueryFont
= 1;
9711 for (; CONSP (patterns
); patterns
= XCDR (patterns
))
9714 char **names
= NULL
;
9716 pattern
= XCAR (patterns
);
9717 /* See if we cached the result for this particular query.
9718 The cache is an alist of the form:
9719 ((((PATTERN . MAXNAMES) . SCALABLE) (FONTNAME . WIDTH) ...) ...) */
9720 tem
= XCDR (dpyinfo
->name_list_element
);
9721 key
= Fcons (Fcons (pattern
, make_number (maxnames
)),
9722 allow_auto_scaled_font
? Qt
: Qnil
);
9723 list
= Fassoc (key
, tem
);
9726 list
= Fcdr_safe (list
);
9727 /* We have a cashed list. Don't have to get the list again. */
9731 /* At first, put PATTERN in the cache. */
9734 x_catch_errors (dpy
);
9736 if (try_XLoadQueryFont
)
9739 unsigned long value
;
9741 font
= XLoadQueryFont (dpy
, SDATA (pattern
));
9742 if (x_had_errors_p (dpy
))
9744 /* This error is perhaps due to insufficient memory on X
9745 server. Let's just ignore it. */
9747 x_clear_errors (dpy
);
9751 && XGetFontProperty (font
, XA_FONT
, &value
))
9753 char *name
= (char *) XGetAtomName (dpy
, (Atom
) value
);
9754 int len
= strlen (name
);
9757 /* If DXPC (a Differential X Protocol Compressor)
9758 Ver.3.7 is running, XGetAtomName will return null
9759 string. We must avoid such a name. */
9761 try_XLoadQueryFont
= 0;
9765 names
= (char **) alloca (sizeof (char *));
9766 /* Some systems only allow alloca assigned to a
9768 tmp
= (char *) alloca (len
+ 1); names
[0] = tmp
;
9769 bcopy (name
, names
[0], len
+ 1);
9774 try_XLoadQueryFont
= 0;
9777 XFreeFont (dpy
, font
);
9780 if (!try_XLoadQueryFont
)
9782 /* We try at least 10 fonts because XListFonts will return
9783 auto-scaled fonts at the head. */
9790 names
= XListFonts (dpy
, SDATA (pattern
), limit
, &num_fonts
);
9791 if (num_fonts
== limit
)
9794 XFreeFontNames (names
);
9803 names
= XListFonts (dpy
, SDATA (pattern
), max (maxnames
, 10),
9806 if (x_had_errors_p (dpy
))
9808 /* This error is perhaps due to insufficient memory on X
9809 server. Let's just ignore it. */
9811 x_clear_errors (dpy
);
9815 x_uncatch_errors ();
9822 /* Make a list of all the fonts we got back.
9823 Store that in the font cache for the display. */
9824 for (i
= 0; i
< num_fonts
; i
++)
9828 int average_width
= -1, resx
= 0, dashes
= 0;
9830 /* Count the number of dashes in NAMES[I]. If there are
9831 14 dashes, the field value following 9th dash
9832 (RESOLUTION_X) is nonzero, and the field value
9833 following 12th dash (AVERAGE_WIDTH) is 0, this is a
9834 auto-scaled font which is usually too ugly to be used
9835 for editing. Let's ignore it. */
9840 if (dashes
== 7) /* PIXEL_SIZE field */
9842 else if (dashes
== 9)
9844 else if (dashes
== 12) /* AVERAGE_WIDTH field */
9845 average_width
= atoi (p
);
9848 if (allow_auto_scaled_font
9849 || dashes
< 14 || average_width
!= 0 || resx
== 0)
9851 tem
= build_string (names
[i
]);
9852 if (NILP (Fassoc (tem
, list
)))
9854 if (STRINGP (Vx_pixel_size_width_font_regexp
)
9855 && ((fast_c_string_match_ignore_case
9856 (Vx_pixel_size_width_font_regexp
, names
[i
]))
9858 /* We can set the value of PIXEL_SIZE to the
9859 width of this font. */
9860 list
= Fcons (Fcons (tem
, make_number (width
)), list
);
9862 /* For the moment, width is not known. */
9863 list
= Fcons (Fcons (tem
, Qnil
), list
);
9868 if (!try_XLoadQueryFont
)
9871 XFreeFontNames (names
);
9876 /* Now store the result in the cache. */
9877 XSETCDR (dpyinfo
->name_list_element
,
9878 Fcons (Fcons (key
, list
), XCDR (dpyinfo
->name_list_element
)));
9881 if (NILP (list
)) continue; /* Try the remaining alternatives. */
9883 newlist
= second_best
= Qnil
;
9884 /* Make a list of the fonts that have the right width. */
9885 for (; CONSP (list
); list
= XCDR (list
))
9891 if (!CONSP (tem
) || NILP (XCAR (tem
)))
9895 newlist
= Fcons (XCAR (tem
), newlist
);
9899 if (!INTEGERP (XCDR (tem
)))
9901 /* Since we have not yet known the size of this font, we
9902 must try slow function call XLoadQueryFont. */
9903 XFontStruct
*thisinfo
;
9906 x_catch_errors (dpy
);
9907 thisinfo
= XLoadQueryFont (dpy
,
9908 SDATA (XCAR (tem
)));
9909 if (x_had_errors_p (dpy
))
9911 /* This error is perhaps due to insufficient memory on X
9912 server. Let's just ignore it. */
9914 x_clear_errors (dpy
);
9916 x_uncatch_errors ();
9922 (thisinfo
->min_bounds
.width
== 0
9924 : make_number (thisinfo
->max_bounds
.width
)));
9926 XFreeFont (dpy
, thisinfo
);
9930 /* For unknown reason, the previous call of XListFont had
9931 returned a font which can't be opened. Record the size
9932 as 0 not to try to open it again. */
9933 XSETCDR (tem
, make_number (0));
9936 found_size
= XINT (XCDR (tem
));
9937 if (found_size
== size
)
9938 newlist
= Fcons (XCAR (tem
), newlist
);
9939 else if (found_size
> 0)
9941 if (NILP (second_best
))
9943 else if (found_size
< size
)
9945 if (XINT (XCDR (second_best
)) > size
9946 || XINT (XCDR (second_best
)) < found_size
)
9951 if (XINT (XCDR (second_best
)) > size
9952 && XINT (XCDR (second_best
)) > found_size
)
9957 if (!NILP (newlist
))
9959 else if (!NILP (second_best
))
9961 newlist
= Fcons (XCAR (second_best
), Qnil
);
9972 /* Check that FONT is valid on frame F. It is if it can be found in F's
9976 x_check_font (f
, font
)
9981 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
9983 xassert (font
!= NULL
);
9985 for (i
= 0; i
< dpyinfo
->n_fonts
; i
++)
9986 if (dpyinfo
->font_table
[i
].name
9987 && font
== dpyinfo
->font_table
[i
].font
)
9990 xassert (i
< dpyinfo
->n_fonts
);
9993 #endif /* GLYPH_DEBUG != 0 */
9995 /* Set *W to the minimum width, *H to the minimum font height of FONT.
9996 Note: There are (broken) X fonts out there with invalid XFontStruct
9997 min_bounds contents. For example, handa@etl.go.jp reports that
9998 "-adobe-courier-medium-r-normal--*-180-*-*-m-*-iso8859-1" fonts
9999 have font->min_bounds.width == 0. */
10002 x_font_min_bounds (font
, w
, h
)
10006 *h
= FONT_HEIGHT (font
);
10007 *w
= font
->min_bounds
.width
;
10009 /* Try to handle the case where FONT->min_bounds has invalid
10010 contents. Since the only font known to have invalid min_bounds
10011 is fixed-width, use max_bounds if min_bounds seems to be invalid. */
10013 *w
= font
->max_bounds
.width
;
10017 /* Compute the smallest character width and smallest font height over
10018 all fonts available on frame F. Set the members smallest_char_width
10019 and smallest_font_height in F's x_display_info structure to
10020 the values computed. Value is non-zero if smallest_font_height or
10021 smallest_char_width become smaller than they were before. */
10024 x_compute_min_glyph_bounds (f
)
10028 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
10030 int old_width
= dpyinfo
->smallest_char_width
;
10031 int old_height
= dpyinfo
->smallest_font_height
;
10033 dpyinfo
->smallest_font_height
= 100000;
10034 dpyinfo
->smallest_char_width
= 100000;
10036 for (i
= 0; i
< dpyinfo
->n_fonts
; ++i
)
10037 if (dpyinfo
->font_table
[i
].name
)
10039 struct font_info
*fontp
= dpyinfo
->font_table
+ i
;
10042 font
= (XFontStruct
*) fontp
->font
;
10043 xassert (font
!= (XFontStruct
*) ~0);
10044 x_font_min_bounds (font
, &w
, &h
);
10046 dpyinfo
->smallest_font_height
= min (dpyinfo
->smallest_font_height
, h
);
10047 dpyinfo
->smallest_char_width
= min (dpyinfo
->smallest_char_width
, w
);
10050 xassert (dpyinfo
->smallest_char_width
> 0
10051 && dpyinfo
->smallest_font_height
> 0);
10053 return (dpyinfo
->n_fonts
== 1
10054 || dpyinfo
->smallest_char_width
< old_width
10055 || dpyinfo
->smallest_font_height
< old_height
);
10059 /* Load font named FONTNAME of the size SIZE for frame F, and return a
10060 pointer to the structure font_info while allocating it dynamically.
10061 If SIZE is 0, load any size of font.
10062 If loading is failed, return NULL. */
10065 x_load_font (f
, fontname
, size
)
10067 register char *fontname
;
10070 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
10071 Lisp_Object font_names
;
10073 /* Get a list of all the fonts that match this name. Once we
10074 have a list of matching fonts, we compare them against the fonts
10075 we already have by comparing names. */
10076 font_names
= x_list_fonts (f
, build_string (fontname
), size
, 1);
10078 if (!NILP (font_names
))
10083 for (i
= 0; i
< dpyinfo
->n_fonts
; i
++)
10084 for (tail
= font_names
; CONSP (tail
); tail
= XCDR (tail
))
10085 if (dpyinfo
->font_table
[i
].name
10086 && (!strcmp (dpyinfo
->font_table
[i
].name
,
10087 SDATA (XCAR (tail
)))
10088 || !strcmp (dpyinfo
->font_table
[i
].full_name
,
10089 SDATA (XCAR (tail
)))))
10090 return (dpyinfo
->font_table
+ i
);
10093 /* Load the font and add it to the table. */
10097 struct font_info
*fontp
;
10098 unsigned long value
;
10101 /* If we have found fonts by x_list_font, load one of them. If
10102 not, we still try to load a font by the name given as FONTNAME
10103 because XListFonts (called in x_list_font) of some X server has
10104 a bug of not finding a font even if the font surely exists and
10105 is loadable by XLoadQueryFont. */
10106 if (size
> 0 && !NILP (font_names
))
10107 fontname
= (char *) SDATA (XCAR (font_names
));
10110 x_catch_errors (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
10111 font
= (XFontStruct
*) XLoadQueryFont (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), fontname
);
10112 if (x_had_errors_p (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
)))
10114 /* This error is perhaps due to insufficient memory on X
10115 server. Let's just ignore it. */
10117 x_clear_errors (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
10119 x_uncatch_errors ();
10124 /* Find a free slot in the font table. */
10125 for (i
= 0; i
< dpyinfo
->n_fonts
; ++i
)
10126 if (dpyinfo
->font_table
[i
].name
== NULL
)
10129 /* If no free slot found, maybe enlarge the font table. */
10130 if (i
== dpyinfo
->n_fonts
10131 && dpyinfo
->n_fonts
== dpyinfo
->font_table_size
)
10134 dpyinfo
->font_table_size
= max (16, 2 * dpyinfo
->font_table_size
);
10135 sz
= dpyinfo
->font_table_size
* sizeof *dpyinfo
->font_table
;
10136 dpyinfo
->font_table
10137 = (struct font_info
*) xrealloc (dpyinfo
->font_table
, sz
);
10140 fontp
= dpyinfo
->font_table
+ i
;
10141 if (i
== dpyinfo
->n_fonts
)
10142 ++dpyinfo
->n_fonts
;
10144 /* Now fill in the slots of *FONTP. */
10146 bzero (fontp
, sizeof (*fontp
));
10147 fontp
->font
= font
;
10148 fontp
->font_idx
= i
;
10149 fontp
->name
= (char *) xmalloc (strlen (fontname
) + 1);
10150 bcopy (fontname
, fontp
->name
, strlen (fontname
) + 1);
10152 if (font
->min_bounds
.width
== font
->max_bounds
.width
)
10154 /* Fixed width font. */
10155 fontp
->average_width
= fontp
->space_width
= font
->min_bounds
.width
;
10162 char2b
.byte1
= 0x00, char2b
.byte2
= 0x20;
10163 pcm
= x_per_char_metric (font
, &char2b
, 0);
10165 fontp
->space_width
= pcm
->width
;
10167 fontp
->space_width
= FONT_WIDTH (font
);
10169 fontp
->average_width
10170 = (XGetFontProperty (font
, dpyinfo
->Xatom_AVERAGE_WIDTH
, &value
)
10171 ? (long) value
/ 10 : 0);
10172 if (fontp
->average_width
< 0)
10173 fontp
->average_width
= - fontp
->average_width
;
10174 if (fontp
->average_width
== 0)
10178 int width
= pcm
->width
;
10179 for (char2b
.byte2
= 33; char2b
.byte2
<= 126; char2b
.byte2
++)
10180 if ((pcm
= x_per_char_metric (font
, &char2b
, 0)) != NULL
)
10181 width
+= pcm
->width
;
10182 fontp
->average_width
= width
/ 95;
10185 fontp
->average_width
= FONT_WIDTH (font
);
10189 /* Try to get the full name of FONT. Put it in FULL_NAME. */
10191 if (XGetFontProperty (font
, XA_FONT
, &value
))
10193 char *name
= (char *) XGetAtomName (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), (Atom
) value
);
10197 /* Count the number of dashes in the "full name".
10198 If it is too few, this isn't really the font's full name,
10200 In X11R4, the fonts did not come with their canonical names
10211 full_name
= (char *) xmalloc (p
- name
+ 1);
10212 bcopy (name
, full_name
, p
- name
+ 1);
10218 if (full_name
!= 0)
10219 fontp
->full_name
= full_name
;
10221 fontp
->full_name
= fontp
->name
;
10223 fontp
->size
= font
->max_bounds
.width
;
10224 fontp
->height
= FONT_HEIGHT (font
);
10226 if (NILP (font_names
))
10228 /* We come here because of a bug of XListFonts mentioned at
10229 the head of this block. Let's store this information in
10230 the cache for x_list_fonts. */
10231 Lisp_Object lispy_name
= build_string (fontname
);
10232 Lisp_Object lispy_full_name
= build_string (fontp
->full_name
);
10233 Lisp_Object key
= Fcons (Fcons (lispy_name
, make_number (256)),
10236 XSETCDR (dpyinfo
->name_list_element
,
10238 Fcons (Fcons (lispy_full_name
,
10239 make_number (fontp
->size
)),
10241 XCDR (dpyinfo
->name_list_element
)));
10244 key
= Fcons (Fcons (lispy_full_name
, make_number (256)),
10246 XSETCDR (dpyinfo
->name_list_element
,
10248 Fcons (Fcons (lispy_full_name
,
10249 make_number (fontp
->size
)),
10251 XCDR (dpyinfo
->name_list_element
)));
10255 /* The slot `encoding' specifies how to map a character
10256 code-points (0x20..0x7F or 0x2020..0x7F7F) of each charset to
10257 the font code-points (0:0x20..0x7F, 1:0xA0..0xFF), or
10258 (0:0x2020..0x7F7F, 1:0xA0A0..0xFFFF, 3:0x20A0..0x7FFF,
10259 2:0xA020..0xFF7F). For the moment, we don't know which charset
10260 uses this font. So, we set information in fontp->encoding[1]
10261 which is never used by any charset. If mapping can't be
10262 decided, set FONT_ENCODING_NOT_DECIDED. */
10264 = (font
->max_byte1
== 0
10266 ? (font
->min_char_or_byte2
< 0x80
10267 ? (font
->max_char_or_byte2
< 0x80
10268 ? 0 /* 0x20..0x7F */
10269 : FONT_ENCODING_NOT_DECIDED
) /* 0x20..0xFF */
10270 : 1) /* 0xA0..0xFF */
10272 : (font
->min_byte1
< 0x80
10273 ? (font
->max_byte1
< 0x80
10274 ? (font
->min_char_or_byte2
< 0x80
10275 ? (font
->max_char_or_byte2
< 0x80
10276 ? 0 /* 0x2020..0x7F7F */
10277 : FONT_ENCODING_NOT_DECIDED
) /* 0x2020..0x7FFF */
10278 : 3) /* 0x20A0..0x7FFF */
10279 : FONT_ENCODING_NOT_DECIDED
) /* 0x20??..0xA0?? */
10280 : (font
->min_char_or_byte2
< 0x80
10281 ? (font
->max_char_or_byte2
< 0x80
10282 ? 2 /* 0xA020..0xFF7F */
10283 : FONT_ENCODING_NOT_DECIDED
) /* 0xA020..0xFFFF */
10284 : 1))); /* 0xA0A0..0xFFFF */
10286 fontp
->baseline_offset
10287 = (XGetFontProperty (font
, dpyinfo
->Xatom_MULE_BASELINE_OFFSET
, &value
)
10288 ? (long) value
: 0);
10289 fontp
->relative_compose
10290 = (XGetFontProperty (font
, dpyinfo
->Xatom_MULE_RELATIVE_COMPOSE
, &value
)
10291 ? (long) value
: 0);
10292 fontp
->default_ascent
10293 = (XGetFontProperty (font
, dpyinfo
->Xatom_MULE_DEFAULT_ASCENT
, &value
)
10294 ? (long) value
: 0);
10296 /* Set global flag fonts_changed_p to non-zero if the font loaded
10297 has a character with a smaller width than any other character
10298 before, or if the font loaded has a smaller height than any
10299 other font loaded before. If this happens, it will make a
10300 glyph matrix reallocation necessary. */
10301 fonts_changed_p
|= x_compute_min_glyph_bounds (f
);
10308 /* Return a pointer to struct font_info of a font named FONTNAME for
10309 frame F. If no such font is loaded, return NULL. */
10312 x_query_font (f
, fontname
)
10314 register char *fontname
;
10316 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
10319 for (i
= 0; i
< dpyinfo
->n_fonts
; i
++)
10320 if (dpyinfo
->font_table
[i
].name
10321 && (!xstricmp (dpyinfo
->font_table
[i
].name
, fontname
)
10322 || !xstricmp (dpyinfo
->font_table
[i
].full_name
, fontname
)))
10323 return (dpyinfo
->font_table
+ i
);
10328 /* Find a CCL program for a font specified by FONTP, and set the member
10329 `encoder' of the structure. */
10332 x_find_ccl_program (fontp
)
10333 struct font_info
*fontp
;
10335 Lisp_Object list
, elt
;
10338 for (list
= Vfont_ccl_encoder_alist
; CONSP (list
); list
= XCDR (list
))
10342 && STRINGP (XCAR (elt
))
10343 && ((fast_c_string_match_ignore_case (XCAR (elt
), fontp
->name
)
10345 || (fast_c_string_match_ignore_case (XCAR (elt
), fontp
->full_name
)
10352 struct ccl_program
*ccl
10353 = (struct ccl_program
*) xmalloc (sizeof (struct ccl_program
));
10355 if (setup_ccl_program (ccl
, XCDR (elt
)) < 0)
10358 fontp
->font_encoder
= ccl
;
10364 /***********************************************************************
10366 ***********************************************************************/
10368 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
10369 static XrmOptionDescRec emacs_options
[] = {
10370 {"-geometry", ".geometry", XrmoptionSepArg
, NULL
},
10371 {"-iconic", ".iconic", XrmoptionNoArg
, (XtPointer
) "yes"},
10373 {"-internal-border-width", "*EmacsScreen.internalBorderWidth",
10374 XrmoptionSepArg
, NULL
},
10375 {"-ib", "*EmacsScreen.internalBorderWidth", XrmoptionSepArg
, NULL
},
10377 {"-T", "*EmacsShell.title", XrmoptionSepArg
, (XtPointer
) NULL
},
10378 {"-wn", "*EmacsShell.title", XrmoptionSepArg
, (XtPointer
) NULL
},
10379 {"-title", "*EmacsShell.title", XrmoptionSepArg
, (XtPointer
) NULL
},
10380 {"-iconname", "*EmacsShell.iconName", XrmoptionSepArg
, (XtPointer
) NULL
},
10381 {"-in", "*EmacsShell.iconName", XrmoptionSepArg
, (XtPointer
) NULL
},
10382 {"-mc", "*pointerColor", XrmoptionSepArg
, (XtPointer
) NULL
},
10383 {"-cr", "*cursorColor", XrmoptionSepArg
, (XtPointer
) NULL
}
10386 /* Whether atimer for Xt timeouts is activated or not. */
10388 static int x_timeout_atimer_activated_flag
;
10390 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
10392 static int x_initialized
;
10395 static int x_session_initialized
;
10398 #ifdef MULTI_KBOARD
10399 /* Test whether two display-name strings agree up to the dot that separates
10400 the screen number from the server number. */
10402 same_x_server (name1
, name2
)
10403 const char *name1
, *name2
;
10405 int seen_colon
= 0;
10406 const unsigned char *system_name
= SDATA (Vsystem_name
);
10407 int system_name_length
= strlen (system_name
);
10408 int length_until_period
= 0;
10410 while (system_name
[length_until_period
] != 0
10411 && system_name
[length_until_period
] != '.')
10412 length_until_period
++;
10414 /* Treat `unix' like an empty host name. */
10415 if (! strncmp (name1
, "unix:", 5))
10417 if (! strncmp (name2
, "unix:", 5))
10419 /* Treat this host's name like an empty host name. */
10420 if (! strncmp (name1
, system_name
, system_name_length
)
10421 && name1
[system_name_length
] == ':')
10422 name1
+= system_name_length
;
10423 if (! strncmp (name2
, system_name
, system_name_length
)
10424 && name2
[system_name_length
] == ':')
10425 name2
+= system_name_length
;
10426 /* Treat this host's domainless name like an empty host name. */
10427 if (! strncmp (name1
, system_name
, length_until_period
)
10428 && name1
[length_until_period
] == ':')
10429 name1
+= length_until_period
;
10430 if (! strncmp (name2
, system_name
, length_until_period
)
10431 && name2
[length_until_period
] == ':')
10432 name2
+= length_until_period
;
10434 for (; *name1
!= '\0' && *name1
== *name2
; name1
++, name2
++)
10438 if (seen_colon
&& *name1
== '.')
10442 && (*name1
== '.' || *name1
== '\0')
10443 && (*name2
== '.' || *name2
== '\0'));
10447 /* Count number of set bits in mask and number of bits to shift to
10448 get to the first bit. With MASK 0x7e0, *BITS is set to 6, and *OFFSET
10451 get_bits_and_offset (mask
, bits
, offset
)
10452 unsigned long mask
;
10459 while (!(mask
& 1))
10476 x_display_ok (display
)
10477 const char * display
;
10482 dpy
= XOpenDisplay (display
);
10484 XCloseDisplay (dpy
);
10490 struct x_display_info
*
10491 x_term_init (display_name
, xrm_option
, resource_name
)
10492 Lisp_Object display_name
;
10494 char *resource_name
;
10498 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
10503 if (!x_initialized
)
10511 #define NUM_ARGV 10
10513 char *argv
[NUM_ARGV
];
10514 char **argv2
= argv
;
10517 if (x_initialized
++ > 1)
10519 /* Opening another display. If xg_display_open returns less
10520 than zero, we are probably on GTK 2.0, which can only handle
10521 one display. GTK 2.2 or later can handle more than one. */
10522 if (xg_display_open (SDATA (display_name
), &dpy
) < 0)
10523 error ("Sorry, this version of GTK can only handle one display");
10527 for (argc
= 0; argc
< NUM_ARGV
; ++argc
)
10531 argv
[argc
++] = initial_argv
[0];
10533 if (! NILP (display_name
))
10535 argv
[argc
++] = "--display";
10536 argv
[argc
++] = SDATA (display_name
);
10539 argv
[argc
++] = "--name";
10540 argv
[argc
++] = resource_name
;
10543 XSetLocaleModifiers ("");
10546 gtk_init (&argc
, &argv2
);
10548 /* gtk_init does set_locale. We must fix locale after calling it. */
10552 dpy
= GDK_DISPLAY ();
10554 /* NULL window -> events for all windows go to our function */
10555 gdk_window_add_filter (NULL
, event_handler_gdk
, NULL
);
10557 /* Load our own gtkrc if it exists. */
10559 char *file
= "~/.emacs.d/gtkrc";
10560 Lisp_Object s
, abs_file
;
10562 s
= make_string (file
, strlen (file
));
10563 abs_file
= Fexpand_file_name (s
, Qnil
);
10565 if (! NILP (abs_file
) && !NILP (Ffile_readable_p (abs_file
)))
10566 gtk_rc_parse (SDATA (abs_file
));
10569 XSetErrorHandler (x_error_handler
);
10570 XSetIOErrorHandler (x_io_error_quitter
);
10573 #else /* not USE_GTK */
10574 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
10575 /* weiner@footloose.sps.mot.com reports that this causes
10577 X protocol error: BadAtom (invalid Atom parameter)
10578 on protocol request 18skiloaf.
10579 So let's not use it until R6. */
10580 #ifdef HAVE_X11XTR6
10581 XtSetLanguageProc (NULL
, NULL
, NULL
);
10592 argv
[argc
++] = "-xrm";
10593 argv
[argc
++] = xrm_option
;
10595 turn_on_atimers (0);
10596 dpy
= XtOpenDisplay (Xt_app_con
, SDATA (display_name
),
10597 resource_name
, EMACS_CLASS
,
10598 emacs_options
, XtNumber (emacs_options
),
10600 turn_on_atimers (1);
10602 #ifdef HAVE_X11XTR6
10603 /* I think this is to compensate for XtSetLanguageProc. */
10608 #else /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
10610 XSetLocaleModifiers ("");
10612 dpy
= XOpenDisplay (SDATA (display_name
));
10613 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
10614 #endif /* not USE_GTK*/
10616 /* Detect failure. */
10623 /* We have definitely succeeded. Record the new connection. */
10625 dpyinfo
= (struct x_display_info
*) xmalloc (sizeof (struct x_display_info
));
10626 bzero (dpyinfo
, sizeof *dpyinfo
);
10628 #ifdef MULTI_KBOARD
10630 struct x_display_info
*share
;
10633 for (share
= x_display_list
, tail
= x_display_name_list
; share
;
10634 share
= share
->next
, tail
= XCDR (tail
))
10635 if (same_x_server (SDATA (XCAR (XCAR (tail
))),
10636 SDATA (display_name
)))
10639 dpyinfo
->kboard
= share
->kboard
;
10642 dpyinfo
->kboard
= (KBOARD
*) xmalloc (sizeof (KBOARD
));
10643 init_kboard (dpyinfo
->kboard
);
10644 if (!EQ (XSYMBOL (Qvendor_specific_keysyms
)->function
, Qunbound
))
10646 char *vendor
= ServerVendor (dpy
);
10648 dpyinfo
->kboard
->Vsystem_key_alist
10649 = call1 (Qvendor_specific_keysyms
,
10650 build_string (vendor
? vendor
: ""));
10654 dpyinfo
->kboard
->next_kboard
= all_kboards
;
10655 all_kboards
= dpyinfo
->kboard
;
10656 /* Don't let the initial kboard remain current longer than necessary.
10657 That would cause problems if a file loaded on startup tries to
10658 prompt in the mini-buffer. */
10659 if (current_kboard
== initial_kboard
)
10660 current_kboard
= dpyinfo
->kboard
;
10662 dpyinfo
->kboard
->reference_count
++;
10666 /* Put this display on the chain. */
10667 dpyinfo
->next
= x_display_list
;
10668 x_display_list
= dpyinfo
;
10670 /* Put it on x_display_name_list as well, to keep them parallel. */
10671 x_display_name_list
= Fcons (Fcons (display_name
, Qnil
),
10672 x_display_name_list
);
10673 dpyinfo
->name_list_element
= XCAR (x_display_name_list
);
10675 dpyinfo
->display
= dpy
;
10678 XSetAfterFunction (x_current_display
, x_trace_wire
);
10682 = (char *) xmalloc (SBYTES (Vinvocation_name
)
10683 + SBYTES (Vsystem_name
)
10685 sprintf (dpyinfo
->x_id_name
, "%s@%s",
10686 SDATA (Vinvocation_name
), SDATA (Vsystem_name
));
10688 /* Figure out which modifier bits mean what. */
10689 x_find_modifier_meanings (dpyinfo
);
10691 /* Get the scroll bar cursor. */
10693 /* We must create a GTK cursor, it is required for GTK widgets. */
10694 dpyinfo
->xg_cursor
= xg_create_default_cursor (dpyinfo
->display
);
10695 #endif /* USE_GTK */
10697 dpyinfo
->vertical_scroll_bar_cursor
10698 = XCreateFontCursor (dpyinfo
->display
, XC_sb_v_double_arrow
);
10700 xrdb
= x_load_resources (dpyinfo
->display
, xrm_option
,
10701 resource_name
, EMACS_CLASS
);
10702 #ifdef HAVE_XRMSETDATABASE
10703 XrmSetDatabase (dpyinfo
->display
, xrdb
);
10705 dpyinfo
->display
->db
= xrdb
;
10707 /* Put the rdb where we can find it in a way that works on
10709 dpyinfo
->xrdb
= xrdb
;
10711 dpyinfo
->screen
= ScreenOfDisplay (dpyinfo
->display
,
10712 DefaultScreen (dpyinfo
->display
));
10713 select_visual (dpyinfo
);
10714 dpyinfo
->cmap
= DefaultColormapOfScreen (dpyinfo
->screen
);
10715 dpyinfo
->height
= HeightOfScreen (dpyinfo
->screen
);
10716 dpyinfo
->width
= WidthOfScreen (dpyinfo
->screen
);
10717 dpyinfo
->root_window
= RootWindowOfScreen (dpyinfo
->screen
);
10718 dpyinfo
->client_leader_window
= 0;
10719 dpyinfo
->grabbed
= 0;
10720 dpyinfo
->reference_count
= 0;
10721 dpyinfo
->icon_bitmap_id
= -1;
10722 dpyinfo
->font_table
= NULL
;
10723 dpyinfo
->n_fonts
= 0;
10724 dpyinfo
->font_table_size
= 0;
10725 dpyinfo
->bitmaps
= 0;
10726 dpyinfo
->bitmaps_size
= 0;
10727 dpyinfo
->bitmaps_last
= 0;
10728 dpyinfo
->scratch_cursor_gc
= 0;
10729 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
= 0;
10730 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_deferred_gc
= 0;
10731 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_beg_row
= dpyinfo
->mouse_face_beg_col
= -1;
10732 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_end_row
= dpyinfo
->mouse_face_end_col
= -1;
10733 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_face_id
= DEFAULT_FACE_ID
;
10734 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_window
= Qnil
;
10735 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_overlay
= Qnil
;
10736 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_x
= dpyinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_y
= 0;
10737 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_defer
= 0;
10738 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_hidden
= 0;
10739 dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
= 0;
10740 dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
= 0;
10741 dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
= 0;
10742 dpyinfo
->image_cache
= make_image_cache ();
10743 dpyinfo
->wm_type
= X_WMTYPE_UNKNOWN
;
10745 /* See if we can construct pixel values from RGB values. */
10746 dpyinfo
->red_bits
= dpyinfo
->blue_bits
= dpyinfo
->green_bits
= 0;
10747 dpyinfo
->red_offset
= dpyinfo
->blue_offset
= dpyinfo
->green_offset
= 0;
10749 if (dpyinfo
->visual
->class == TrueColor
)
10751 get_bits_and_offset (dpyinfo
->visual
->red_mask
,
10752 &dpyinfo
->red_bits
, &dpyinfo
->red_offset
);
10753 get_bits_and_offset (dpyinfo
->visual
->blue_mask
,
10754 &dpyinfo
->blue_bits
, &dpyinfo
->blue_offset
);
10755 get_bits_and_offset (dpyinfo
->visual
->green_mask
,
10756 &dpyinfo
->green_bits
, &dpyinfo
->green_offset
);
10759 /* See if a private colormap is requested. */
10760 if (dpyinfo
->visual
== DefaultVisualOfScreen (dpyinfo
->screen
))
10762 if (dpyinfo
->visual
->class == PseudoColor
)
10765 value
= display_x_get_resource (dpyinfo
,
10766 build_string ("privateColormap"),
10767 build_string ("PrivateColormap"),
10769 if (STRINGP (value
)
10770 && (!strcmp (SDATA (value
), "true")
10771 || !strcmp (SDATA (value
), "on")))
10772 dpyinfo
->cmap
= XCopyColormapAndFree (dpyinfo
->display
, dpyinfo
->cmap
);
10776 dpyinfo
->cmap
= XCreateColormap (dpyinfo
->display
, dpyinfo
->root_window
,
10777 dpyinfo
->visual
, AllocNone
);
10780 int screen_number
= XScreenNumberOfScreen (dpyinfo
->screen
);
10781 double pixels
= DisplayHeight (dpyinfo
->display
, screen_number
);
10782 double mm
= DisplayHeightMM (dpyinfo
->display
, screen_number
);
10783 /* Mac OS X 10.3's Xserver sometimes reports 0.0mm. */
10784 dpyinfo
->resy
= (mm
< 1) ? 100 : pixels
* 25.4 / mm
;
10785 pixels
= DisplayWidth (dpyinfo
->display
, screen_number
);
10786 /* Mac OS X 10.3's Xserver sometimes reports 0.0mm. */
10787 mm
= DisplayWidthMM (dpyinfo
->display
, screen_number
);
10788 dpyinfo
->resx
= (mm
< 1) ? 100 : pixels
* 25.4 / mm
;
10791 dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_protocols
10792 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "WM_PROTOCOLS", False
);
10793 dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_take_focus
10794 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "WM_TAKE_FOCUS", False
);
10795 dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_save_yourself
10796 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "WM_SAVE_YOURSELF", False
);
10797 dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_delete_window
10798 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "WM_DELETE_WINDOW", False
);
10799 dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_change_state
10800 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "WM_CHANGE_STATE", False
);
10801 dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_configure_denied
10802 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "WM_CONFIGURE_DENIED", False
);
10803 dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_window_moved
10804 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "WM_MOVED", False
);
10805 dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_client_leader
10806 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "WM_CLIENT_LEADER", False
);
10807 dpyinfo
->Xatom_editres
10808 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "Editres", False
);
10809 dpyinfo
->Xatom_CLIPBOARD
10810 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "CLIPBOARD", False
);
10811 dpyinfo
->Xatom_TIMESTAMP
10812 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "TIMESTAMP", False
);
10813 dpyinfo
->Xatom_TEXT
10814 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "TEXT", False
);
10815 dpyinfo
->Xatom_COMPOUND_TEXT
10816 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "COMPOUND_TEXT", False
);
10817 dpyinfo
->Xatom_UTF8_STRING
10818 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "UTF8_STRING", False
);
10819 dpyinfo
->Xatom_DELETE
10820 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "DELETE", False
);
10821 dpyinfo
->Xatom_MULTIPLE
10822 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "MULTIPLE", False
);
10823 dpyinfo
->Xatom_INCR
10824 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "INCR", False
);
10825 dpyinfo
->Xatom_EMACS_TMP
10826 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "_EMACS_TMP_", False
);
10827 dpyinfo
->Xatom_TARGETS
10828 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "TARGETS", False
);
10829 dpyinfo
->Xatom_NULL
10830 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "NULL", False
);
10831 dpyinfo
->Xatom_ATOM_PAIR
10832 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "ATOM_PAIR", False
);
10833 /* For properties of font. */
10834 dpyinfo
->Xatom_PIXEL_SIZE
10835 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "PIXEL_SIZE", False
);
10836 dpyinfo
->Xatom_AVERAGE_WIDTH
10837 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "AVERAGE_WIDTH", False
);
10838 dpyinfo
->Xatom_MULE_BASELINE_OFFSET
10839 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "_MULE_BASELINE_OFFSET", False
);
10840 dpyinfo
->Xatom_MULE_RELATIVE_COMPOSE
10841 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "_MULE_RELATIVE_COMPOSE", False
);
10842 dpyinfo
->Xatom_MULE_DEFAULT_ASCENT
10843 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "_MULE_DEFAULT_ASCENT", False
);
10845 /* Ghostscript support. */
10846 dpyinfo
->Xatom_PAGE
= XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "PAGE", False
);
10847 dpyinfo
->Xatom_DONE
= XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "DONE", False
);
10849 dpyinfo
->Xatom_Scrollbar
= XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "SCROLLBAR",
10852 dpyinfo
->cut_buffers_initialized
= 0;
10854 dpyinfo
->x_dnd_atoms_size
= 8;
10855 dpyinfo
->x_dnd_atoms_length
= 0;
10856 dpyinfo
->x_dnd_atoms
= xmalloc (sizeof (*dpyinfo
->x_dnd_atoms
)
10857 * dpyinfo
->x_dnd_atoms_size
);
10859 dpyinfo
->net_supported_atoms
= NULL
;
10860 dpyinfo
->nr_net_supported_atoms
= 0;
10861 dpyinfo
->net_supported_window
= 0;
10863 connection
= ConnectionNumber (dpyinfo
->display
);
10864 dpyinfo
->connection
= connection
;
10869 null_bits
[0] = 0x00;
10871 dpyinfo
->null_pixel
10872 = XCreatePixmapFromBitmapData (dpyinfo
->display
, dpyinfo
->root_window
,
10873 null_bits
, 1, 1, (long) 0, (long) 0,
10878 extern int gray_bitmap_width
, gray_bitmap_height
;
10879 extern char *gray_bitmap_bits
;
10881 = XCreatePixmapFromBitmapData (dpyinfo
->display
, dpyinfo
->root_window
,
10883 gray_bitmap_width
, gray_bitmap_height
,
10884 (unsigned long) 1, (unsigned long) 0, 1);
10888 xim_initialize (dpyinfo
, resource_name
);
10891 #ifdef subprocesses
10892 /* This is only needed for distinguishing keyboard and process input. */
10893 if (connection
!= 0)
10894 add_keyboard_wait_descriptor (connection
);
10897 #ifndef F_SETOWN_BUG
10899 #ifdef F_SETOWN_SOCK_NEG
10900 /* stdin is a socket here */
10901 fcntl (connection
, F_SETOWN
, -getpid ());
10902 #else /* ! defined (F_SETOWN_SOCK_NEG) */
10903 fcntl (connection
, F_SETOWN
, getpid ());
10904 #endif /* ! defined (F_SETOWN_SOCK_NEG) */
10905 #endif /* ! defined (F_SETOWN) */
10906 #endif /* F_SETOWN_BUG */
10909 if (interrupt_input
)
10910 init_sigio (connection
);
10911 #endif /* ! defined (SIGIO) */
10914 #ifdef HAVE_X11R5 /* It seems X11R4 lacks XtCvtStringToFont, and XPointer. */
10915 /* Make sure that we have a valid font for dialog boxes
10916 so that Xt does not crash. */
10918 Display
*dpy
= dpyinfo
->display
;
10919 XrmValue d
, fr
, to
;
10922 d
.addr
= (XPointer
)&dpy
;
10923 d
.size
= sizeof (Display
*);
10924 fr
.addr
= XtDefaultFont
;
10925 fr
.size
= sizeof (XtDefaultFont
);
10926 to
.size
= sizeof (Font
*);
10927 to
.addr
= (XPointer
)&font
;
10928 x_catch_errors (dpy
);
10929 if (!XtCallConverter (dpy
, XtCvtStringToFont
, &d
, 1, &fr
, &to
, NULL
))
10931 if (x_had_errors_p (dpy
) || !XQueryFont (dpy
, font
))
10932 XrmPutLineResource (&xrdb
, "Emacs.dialog.*.font: 9x15");
10933 x_uncatch_errors ();
10938 /* See if we should run in synchronous mode. This is useful
10939 for debugging X code. */
10942 value
= display_x_get_resource (dpyinfo
,
10943 build_string ("synchronous"),
10944 build_string ("Synchronous"),
10946 if (STRINGP (value
)
10947 && (!strcmp (SDATA (value
), "true")
10948 || !strcmp (SDATA (value
), "on")))
10949 XSynchronize (dpyinfo
->display
, True
);
10954 value
= display_x_get_resource (dpyinfo
,
10955 build_string ("useXIM"),
10956 build_string ("UseXIM"),
10959 if (STRINGP (value
)
10960 && (!strcmp (XSTRING (value
)->data
, "false")
10961 || !strcmp (XSTRING (value
)->data
, "off")))
10964 if (STRINGP (value
)
10965 && (!strcmp (XSTRING (value
)->data
, "true")
10966 || !strcmp (XSTRING (value
)->data
, "on")))
10972 /* Only do this for the first display. */
10973 if (!x_session_initialized
++)
10974 x_session_initialize (dpyinfo
);
10982 /* Get rid of display DPYINFO, assuming all frames are already gone,
10983 and without sending any more commands to the X server. */
10986 x_delete_display (dpyinfo
)
10987 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
10991 delete_keyboard_wait_descriptor (dpyinfo
->connection
);
10993 /* Discard this display from x_display_name_list and x_display_list.
10994 We can't use Fdelq because that can quit. */
10995 if (! NILP (x_display_name_list
)
10996 && EQ (XCAR (x_display_name_list
), dpyinfo
->name_list_element
))
10997 x_display_name_list
= XCDR (x_display_name_list
);
11002 tail
= x_display_name_list
;
11003 while (CONSP (tail
) && CONSP (XCDR (tail
)))
11005 if (EQ (XCAR (XCDR (tail
)), dpyinfo
->name_list_element
))
11007 XSETCDR (tail
, XCDR (XCDR (tail
)));
11010 tail
= XCDR (tail
);
11014 if (next_noop_dpyinfo
== dpyinfo
)
11015 next_noop_dpyinfo
= dpyinfo
->next
;
11017 if (x_display_list
== dpyinfo
)
11018 x_display_list
= dpyinfo
->next
;
11021 struct x_display_info
*tail
;
11023 for (tail
= x_display_list
; tail
; tail
= tail
->next
)
11024 if (tail
->next
== dpyinfo
)
11025 tail
->next
= tail
->next
->next
;
11028 #ifndef USE_X_TOOLKIT /* I'm told Xt does this itself. */
11029 #ifndef AIX /* On AIX, XCloseDisplay calls this. */
11030 XrmDestroyDatabase (dpyinfo
->xrdb
);
11033 #ifdef MULTI_KBOARD
11034 if (--dpyinfo
->kboard
->reference_count
== 0)
11035 delete_kboard (dpyinfo
->kboard
);
11039 xim_close_dpy (dpyinfo
);
11042 /* Free the font names in the font table. */
11043 for (i
= 0; i
< dpyinfo
->n_fonts
; i
++)
11044 if (dpyinfo
->font_table
[i
].name
)
11046 if (dpyinfo
->font_table
[i
].name
!= dpyinfo
->font_table
[i
].full_name
)
11047 xfree (dpyinfo
->font_table
[i
].full_name
);
11048 xfree (dpyinfo
->font_table
[i
].name
);
11051 if (dpyinfo
->font_table
)
11053 if (dpyinfo
->font_table
->font_encoder
)
11054 xfree (dpyinfo
->font_table
->font_encoder
);
11055 xfree (dpyinfo
->font_table
);
11057 if (dpyinfo
->x_id_name
)
11058 xfree (dpyinfo
->x_id_name
);
11059 if (dpyinfo
->color_cells
)
11060 xfree (dpyinfo
->color_cells
);
11064 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
11066 /* Atimer callback function for TIMER. Called every 0.1s to process
11067 Xt timeouts, if needed. We must avoid calling XtAppPending as
11068 much as possible because that function does an implicit XFlush
11069 that slows us down. */
11072 x_process_timeouts (timer
)
11073 struct atimer
*timer
;
11076 x_timeout_atimer_activated_flag
= 0;
11077 if (toolkit_scroll_bar_interaction
|| popup_activated ())
11079 while (XtAppPending (Xt_app_con
) & XtIMTimer
)
11080 XtAppProcessEvent (Xt_app_con
, XtIMTimer
);
11081 /* Reactivate the atimer for next time. */
11082 x_activate_timeout_atimer ();
11087 /* Install an asynchronous timer that processes Xt timeout events
11088 every 0.1s as long as either `toolkit_scroll_bar_interaction' or
11089 `popup_activated_flag' (in xmenu.c) is set. Make sure to call this
11090 function whenever these variables are set. This is necessary
11091 because some widget sets use timeouts internally, for example the
11092 LessTif menu bar, or the Xaw3d scroll bar. When Xt timeouts aren't
11093 processed, these widgets don't behave normally. */
11096 x_activate_timeout_atimer ()
11099 if (!x_timeout_atimer_activated_flag
)
11101 EMACS_TIME interval
;
11103 EMACS_SET_SECS_USECS (interval
, 0, 100000);
11104 start_atimer (ATIMER_RELATIVE
, interval
, x_process_timeouts
, 0);
11105 x_timeout_atimer_activated_flag
= 1;
11110 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
11113 /* Set up use of X before we make the first connection. */
11115 extern frame_parm_handler x_frame_parm_handlers
[];
11117 static struct redisplay_interface x_redisplay_interface
=
11119 x_frame_parm_handlers
,
11123 x_clear_end_of_line
,
11125 x_after_update_window_line
,
11126 x_update_window_begin
,
11127 x_update_window_end
,
11133 0, /* flush_display_optional */
11135 x_clear_window_mouse_face
,
11136 x_get_glyph_overhangs
,
11137 x_fix_overlapping_area
,
11138 x_draw_fringe_bitmap
,
11139 0, /* define_fringe_bitmap */
11140 0, /* destroy_fringe_bitmap */
11143 x_compute_glyph_string_overhangs
,
11144 x_draw_glyph_string
,
11145 x_define_frame_cursor
,
11146 x_clear_frame_area
,
11147 x_draw_window_cursor
,
11148 x_draw_vertical_window_border
,
11149 x_shift_glyphs_for_insert
11155 rif
= &x_redisplay_interface
;
11157 clear_frame_hook
= x_clear_frame
;
11158 ins_del_lines_hook
= x_ins_del_lines
;
11159 delete_glyphs_hook
= x_delete_glyphs
;
11160 ring_bell_hook
= XTring_bell
;
11161 reset_terminal_modes_hook
= XTreset_terminal_modes
;
11162 set_terminal_modes_hook
= XTset_terminal_modes
;
11163 update_begin_hook
= x_update_begin
;
11164 update_end_hook
= x_update_end
;
11165 set_terminal_window_hook
= XTset_terminal_window
;
11166 read_socket_hook
= XTread_socket
;
11167 frame_up_to_date_hook
= XTframe_up_to_date
;
11168 mouse_position_hook
= XTmouse_position
;
11169 frame_rehighlight_hook
= XTframe_rehighlight
;
11170 frame_raise_lower_hook
= XTframe_raise_lower
;
11171 set_vertical_scroll_bar_hook
= XTset_vertical_scroll_bar
;
11172 condemn_scroll_bars_hook
= XTcondemn_scroll_bars
;
11173 redeem_scroll_bar_hook
= XTredeem_scroll_bar
;
11174 judge_scroll_bars_hook
= XTjudge_scroll_bars
;
11175 fullscreen_hook
= XTfullscreen_hook
;
11177 scroll_region_ok
= 1; /* we'll scroll partial frames */
11178 char_ins_del_ok
= 1;
11179 line_ins_del_ok
= 1; /* we'll just blt 'em */
11180 fast_clear_end_of_line
= 1; /* X does this well */
11181 memory_below_frame
= 0; /* we don't remember what scrolls
11186 last_tool_bar_item
= -1;
11187 any_help_event_p
= 0;
11188 ignore_next_mouse_click_timeout
= 0;
11190 x_session_initialized
= 0;
11194 current_count
= -1;
11197 /* Try to use interrupt input; if we can't, then start polling. */
11198 Fset_input_mode (Qt
, Qnil
, Qt
, Qnil
);
11200 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
11201 XtToolkitInitialize ();
11203 Xt_app_con
= XtCreateApplicationContext ();
11205 /* Register a converter from strings to pixels, which uses
11206 Emacs' color allocation infrastructure. */
11207 XtAppSetTypeConverter (Xt_app_con
,
11208 XtRString
, XtRPixel
, cvt_string_to_pixel
,
11209 cvt_string_to_pixel_args
,
11210 XtNumber (cvt_string_to_pixel_args
),
11211 XtCacheByDisplay
, cvt_pixel_dtor
);
11213 XtAppSetFallbackResources (Xt_app_con
, Xt_default_resources
);
11216 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
11218 xaw3d_arrow_scroll
= False
;
11219 xaw3d_pick_top
= True
;
11223 /* Note that there is no real way portable across R3/R4 to get the
11224 original error handler. */
11225 XSetErrorHandler (x_error_handler
);
11226 XSetIOErrorHandler (x_io_error_quitter
);
11228 /* Disable Window Change signals; they are handled by X events. */
11230 signal (SIGWINCH
, SIG_DFL
);
11231 #endif /* SIGWINCH */
11233 signal (SIGPIPE
, x_connection_signal
);
11240 x_error_message
= NULL
;
11242 staticpro (&x_display_name_list
);
11243 x_display_name_list
= Qnil
;
11245 staticpro (&last_mouse_scroll_bar
);
11246 last_mouse_scroll_bar
= Qnil
;
11248 staticpro (&Qvendor_specific_keysyms
);
11249 Qvendor_specific_keysyms
= intern ("vendor-specific-keysyms");
11251 staticpro (&Qutf_8
);
11252 Qutf_8
= intern ("utf-8");
11253 staticpro (&Qlatin_1
);
11254 Qlatin_1
= intern ("latin-1");
11256 staticpro (&last_mouse_press_frame
);
11257 last_mouse_press_frame
= Qnil
;
11259 DEFVAR_BOOL ("x-use-underline-position-properties",
11260 &x_use_underline_position_properties
,
11261 doc
: /* *Non-nil means make use of UNDERLINE_POSITION font properties.
11262 A value of nil means ignore them. If you encounter fonts with bogus
11263 UNDERLINE_POSITION font properties, for example 7x13 on XFree prior
11264 to 4.1, set this to nil. */);
11265 x_use_underline_position_properties
= 1;
11267 DEFVAR_BOOL ("x-underline-at-descent-line",
11268 &x_underline_at_descent_line
,
11269 doc
: /* *Non-nil means to draw the underline at the same place as the descent line.
11270 A value of nil means to draw the underline according to the value of the
11271 variable `x-use-underline-position-properties', which is usually at the
11272 baseline level. The default value is nil. */);
11273 x_underline_at_descent_line
= 0;
11275 DEFVAR_BOOL ("x-mouse-click-focus-ignore-position",
11276 &x_mouse_click_focus_ignore_position
,
11277 doc
: /* Non-nil means that a mouse click to focus a frame does not move point.
11278 This variable is only used when the window manager requires that you
11279 click on a frame to select it (give it focus). In that case, a value
11280 of nil, means that the selected window and cursor position changes to
11281 reflect the mouse click position, while a non-nil value means that the
11282 selected window or cursor position is preserved. */);
11283 x_mouse_click_focus_ignore_position
= 0;
11285 DEFVAR_LISP ("x-toolkit-scroll-bars", &Vx_toolkit_scroll_bars
,
11286 doc
: /* What X toolkit scroll bars Emacs uses.
11287 A value of nil means Emacs doesn't use X toolkit scroll bars.
11288 Otherwise, value is a symbol describing the X toolkit. */);
11289 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
11291 Vx_toolkit_scroll_bars
= intern ("motif");
11292 #elif defined HAVE_XAW3D
11293 Vx_toolkit_scroll_bars
= intern ("xaw3d");
11295 Vx_toolkit_scroll_bars
= intern ("gtk");
11297 Vx_toolkit_scroll_bars
= intern ("xaw");
11300 Vx_toolkit_scroll_bars
= Qnil
;
11303 staticpro (&last_mouse_motion_frame
);
11304 last_mouse_motion_frame
= Qnil
;
11306 Qmodifier_value
= intern ("modifier-value");
11307 Qalt
= intern ("alt");
11308 Fput (Qalt
, Qmodifier_value
, make_number (alt_modifier
));
11309 Qhyper
= intern ("hyper");
11310 Fput (Qhyper
, Qmodifier_value
, make_number (hyper_modifier
));
11311 Qmeta
= intern ("meta");
11312 Fput (Qmeta
, Qmodifier_value
, make_number (meta_modifier
));
11313 Qsuper
= intern ("super");
11314 Fput (Qsuper
, Qmodifier_value
, make_number (super_modifier
));
11316 DEFVAR_LISP ("x-alt-keysym", &Vx_alt_keysym
,
11317 doc
: /* Which keys Emacs uses for the alt modifier.
11318 This should be one of the symbols `alt', `hyper', `meta', `super'.
11319 For example, `alt' means use the Alt_L and Alt_R keysyms. The default
11320 is nil, which is the same as `alt'. */);
11321 Vx_alt_keysym
= Qnil
;
11323 DEFVAR_LISP ("x-hyper-keysym", &Vx_hyper_keysym
,
11324 doc
: /* Which keys Emacs uses for the hyper modifier.
11325 This should be one of the symbols `alt', `hyper', `meta', `super'.
11326 For example, `hyper' means use the Hyper_L and Hyper_R keysyms. The
11327 default is nil, which is the same as `hyper'. */);
11328 Vx_hyper_keysym
= Qnil
;
11330 DEFVAR_LISP ("x-meta-keysym", &Vx_meta_keysym
,
11331 doc
: /* Which keys Emacs uses for the meta modifier.
11332 This should be one of the symbols `alt', `hyper', `meta', `super'.
11333 For example, `meta' means use the Meta_L and Meta_R keysyms. The
11334 default is nil, which is the same as `meta'. */);
11335 Vx_meta_keysym
= Qnil
;
11337 DEFVAR_LISP ("x-super-keysym", &Vx_super_keysym
,
11338 doc
: /* Which keys Emacs uses for the super modifier.
11339 This should be one of the symbols `alt', `hyper', `meta', `super'.
11340 For example, `super' means use the Super_L and Super_R keysyms. The
11341 default is nil, which is the same as `super'. */);
11342 Vx_super_keysym
= Qnil
;
11344 DEFVAR_LISP ("x-keysym-table", &Vx_keysym_table
,
11345 doc
: /* Hash table of character codes indexed by X keysym codes. */);
11346 Vx_keysym_table
= make_hash_table (Qeql
, make_number (900),
11347 make_float (DEFAULT_REHASH_SIZE
),
11348 make_float (DEFAULT_REHASH_THRESHOLD
),
11352 #endif /* HAVE_X_WINDOWS */
11354 /* arch-tag: 6d4e4cb7-abc1-4302-9585-d84dcfb09d0f
11355 (do not change this comment) */